10-K 1 a2213941z10-k.htm 10-K

Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Table of Contents

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D. C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

Commission File Number 000-54116

MANHATTAN BANCORP
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

California
State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation of organization
  20-5344927
I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.



2141 Rosecrans Avenue, Suite 1100
El Segundo, California 90245

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)



Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (310) 606-8000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

        Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o    No ý

        Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No ý

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý    No o

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this From 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller Reporting Company) ý

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o    No ý

        The aggregate market value of common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of June 30, 2012 was approximately $10.3 million.

        As of March 23, 2013, there were 12,508,268 shares of the registrant's common stock outstanding.

   


Table of Contents


Manhattan Bancorp
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page  

PART I

       

Item 1

 

Business

    3  

Item 1A

 

Risk Factors

    16  

Item 1B

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

    26  

Item 2

 

Properties

    26  

Item 3

 

Legal Proceedings

    27  

Item 4

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

    27  

PART II

       

Item 5

 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

    27  

Item 6

 

Selected Financial Data

    29  

Item 7

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    30  

Item 7A

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

    58  

Item 8

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

    59  

Item 9

 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

    124  

Item 9A

 

Controls and Procedures

    124  

Item 9B

 

Other Information

    124  

PART III

       

Item 10

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

    125  

Item 11

 

Executive Compensation

    131  

Item 12

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

    135  

Item 13

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

    137  

Item 14

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

    140  

PART IV

       

Item 15

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

    142  

Signatures

    143  

Table of Contents


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This Annual Report on Form 10-K ("Form 10-K") contains "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Manhattan Bancorp and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") intend such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements in these provisions. All statements other than statements of historical fact are "forward-looking statements" for purposes of federal and state securities laws. Words such as "will likely result," "aims," "anticipates," "believes," "could," "estimates," "expects," "hopes," "intends," "may," "plans," "projects," "seeks," "should," "will," and variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

        Forward-looking statements are based on the Company's current expectations and assumptions regarding its business, the regulatory environment, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. The Company's actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. The Company cautions you therefore against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following: the impact of changes in interest rates; a continuing decline in economic conditions or the failure of economic conditions to improve; the impact of inflation; increased competition among financial service providers; the Company's ability to attract deposit and loan customers; the quality of the Company's earning assets; government regulation; risks associated with the recent acquisition of Professional Business Bank, including the successful integration of the companies' businesses and the anticipated cost saving arising from the merger; and management's ability to manage the Company's operations. For further discussion of these and other risk factors, see "Item 1A. Risk Factors" in this Form 10-K.

        Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company does not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.

2


Table of Contents


PART I

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

General

        Manhattan Bancorp is a bank holding company incorporated in California in August 2006 and registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "BHCA"). Its principal subsidiary, Bank of Manhattan, N.A. (the "Bank"), is a nationally chartered banking association organized under the laws of the United States. The Bank, which commenced its banking operations in August 2007, is headquartered in the South Bay area of Southern California and offers relationship banking services and residential mortgages to entrepreneurs, family owned and closely-held middle market businesses, real estate investors and professional service firms. The Bank also originates residential mortgages to individuals within its service areas who are purchasing homes or refinancing their existing mortgages; these loans originated by the Bank are sold in the secondary market. The Bank operates from its headquarters office along with branch offices located in the California cities of Manhattan Beach, Glendale, Pasadena, and Montebello. The Bank offers mortgage loans through lending offices located at its headquarters office and in the California cities of Los Angeles, San Diego, Woodland Hills, Hermosa Beach, Huntington Beach, Newport Beach, and Santa Barbara. At December 31, 2012, the Company had consolidated total assets of $465.4 million, total net loans of $371.0 million, total deposits of $383.3 million and total stockholders' equity of $57.1 million.

        Through a wholly-owned subsidiary, MBFS Holdings, Inc. ("MBFS"), Manhattan Bancorp also indirectly owned until November 9, 2012, a 70% interest in Manhattan Capital Markets LLC ("MCM"), which, either directly or through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, generates revenues primarily from trading income, facilitating trades in whole loans between institutional clients, and advisory services regarding the evaluation and packaging of bond portfolios of other institutions. As discussed in more detail below under "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recent Developments—Sale of MBFS," Manhattan Bancorp sold its entire interest in MBFS, including its indirect interest in MCM, on November 9, 2012 to Carpenter Fund Manager GP, LLC and its affiliated investment funds (the "Carpenter Funds"), an affiliate of the Company.

        Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the "Company," "we" or "us" refers to Manhattan Bancorp and its consolidated subsidiaries; references to "Manhattan Bancorp" refer to Manhattan Bancorp on an unconsolidated basis. References to "MBFS" and references to "MCM" refer to MBFS Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary Manhattan Capital Markets LLC and its direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries respectively.

Acquisition of Professional Business Bank

        On May 31, 2012, Manhattan Bancorp completed its acquisition of Professional Business Bank through the merger of Professional Business Bank with and into the Bank, with the Bank as the surviving institution (the "Merger"). Immediately prior to the Merger, Professional Business Bank completed a transaction in which its holding company, CGB Holdings, Inc., was merged into Professional Business Bank and accounted for using the historical balances as entities under common control.

        In the Merger, Manhattan Bancorp issued an aggregate of 8,195,469 shares of its common stock to the shareholders of Professional Business Bank, representing a ratio of 1.7991 shares of Manhattan Bancorp common stock for each share of Professional Business Bank common stock outstanding at the effective time of the Merger. The shares of Manhattan Bancorp common stock issued to the Professional Business Bank shareholders in the Merger constituted approximately 67.2% of the Manhattan Bancorp's outstanding common stock after giving effect to the Merger. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") require that a company whose security holders retain the majority voting interest in the combined business be treated as the acquirer for financial reporting

3


Table of Contents

purposes. Other factors also considered in this determination include composition of the Board of Directors and executive management of the combined company. Accordingly, the Merger was accounted for as a reverse acquisition whereby Professional Business Bank was treated as the acquirer for accounting and financial reporting purposes.

        As a result of the Merger, the Bank acquired four branches in central and east Pasadena, Montebello and Glendale, additional assets with an estimated fair value of $233.1 million and additional deposits with an estimated fair value of $200 million.

Banking Activities

        The Bank promotes relationship based products and services to meet the needs of its defined customer base. It offers a full range of deposit products including non-interest bearing demand deposits and interest bearing checking accounts, savings accounts and certificates of deposit. Wire transfers, electronic bill payment, overdraft protection, and assorted retail banking services are offered to all customers, and the Bank offers cash management services to its commercial checking account customers.

        The Bank originates loans based on specific underwriting guidelines. A large portion of these loans are secured by commercial real estate. However, the Bank offers both secured and unsecured commercial term loans and lines of credit, as well as construction loans for individual residential properties. To a much lesser extent, the Bank has made home equity and other consumer loans. The Bank also originates consumer residential real estate mortgage loans with the intent to sell the majority of such loans to qualified investors. The Bank has not originated, nor does it intend to originate, loans that are deemed sub-prime credits. Additionally, all residential real estate mortgage loans are full income documented and asset documented loans.

        The Bank originates warehouse lines of credit for select mortgage banks whereby the Bank controls both the cash disbursement process through a third party vendor and the collateral through a third party custodian. The Bank also takes an assignment of each underlying loan.

        The Bank offers Internet banking services, which allow customers to review their account information, issue stop payment orders, pay bills, transfer funds, order checks and inquire about credit products electronically. It also offers qualified customers the ability to process deposits through remote item capture from their place of business.

Secondary Marketing and Loan Servicing Activities

        As part of its secondary marketing activities, the Bank originates residential real estate mortgage loans with the intent to sell the majority of such loans to qualified investors. It also purchases existing funded residential real estate mortgage loans from qualified institutions with the intent to resell these loans to qualified investors. The Bank underwrites all purchased loans for credit and regulatory compliance prior to acquisition to ensure each loan is eligible for sale to government agencies or government sponsored agencies (collectively referred to as "GSEs"). The Bank uses derivative securities to hedge its funded and unfunded mortgage loan commitments to manage the interest rate risk of its secondary marketing activities.

        Depending upon market pricing for mortgage servicing rights ("MSRs"), the Bank sells loans either servicing retained or servicing released. When it sells loans, it records realized gains or losses from these loans at the time of sale based on the difference between the net sales proceeds and the allocated basis of the loans sold. When it sells loans servicing retained, it capitalizes the resulting MSRs based on its estimated fair value and records the related gain. The Bank believes that servicing loans for others can provide it with an important opportunity to offer its other financial services to borrowers, a meaningful source of additional income with minimal additional overhead costs, and an important asset/liability management tool because it provides an asset whose value tends to move opposite to changes in market

4


Table of Contents

interest rates. In contrast to certain other components of the Bank's balance sheet, a loan servicing portfolio normally increases in value as interest rates rise and loan prepayments decrease and declines in value as interest rates fall and loan prepayments increase.

        As part of the Bank's secondary marketing activities, it enters into forward sales commitments with qualified investors to deliver its loans at a future date, which typically is within 30 days of funding for loans originated by the Bank. Sales to GSEs typically are accomplished through a securitization transaction, which involves the receipt of a mortgage backed security from a GSE in exchange for loans that the Bank sells to that GSE. Typically, settlement of the forward sales commitment and the securitization transaction occurs on the same day, whereby the Bank does not retain the mortgage backed security. However, based on market conditions in the future, the Bank may retain the mortgage backed security for a period of time prior to selling it in the capital markets. In this event, the Bank will not record a realized gain or loss from the exchange on the date of securitization but rather when the mortgage backed security is sold. If the Bank intends to sell the mortgage backed security, it will designate the mortgage backed security as a trading security in its consolidated balance sheet with changes in fair value included in its consolidated statement of operations.

Capital Market Activities

        From the period following the Merger through the sale of MBFS on November 9, 2012 (for accounting purposes effective October 31, 2012), the Company's statement of operations reflect mortgage related advisory and broker/dealer services offered through its indirect subsidiary, MCM. MCM provided both fee and incentive based consulting services to banks, mortgage bankers and institutional investors.

        MCM's wholly owned subsidiary, BOM Capital, LLC, ("BOMC"), effectuated buy and sell orders from institutional investors in mortgaged backed to-be-announced securities. In order to mitigate principal risk, BOMC did not take a position in those transactions but rather arranged for simultaneous buyers and sellers for all transactions prior to executing either a buy trade or a sell trade. BOMC's transactions were deemed to be "Riskless Principal Transactions" per Federal Reserve System Regulation Y, Part 225—Subpart C—Sec. 225.28.

        MCM also provided general consulting services through its wholly owned subsidiary, Manhattan Advisory Services Inc. ("MASI"), and mortgage warehouse lending services through its wholly owned subsidiary, MMWI. MASI also provided loan trading services and incentive based investment advisory services through its wholly owned subsidiary, Manhattan Investment Management Services Inc. ("MIMS").

Geographic Market Area

        The majority of our mortgage loans are originated in Southern California, primarily in Los Angeles County and, to a lesser extent, Santa Barbara, Ventura, Orange and San Diego Counties.

        Our commercial bank's business development officers use the Company's headquarters office and branch offices as hubs from which they serve and solicit prospective customers from outlying areas, primarily the surrounding communities of South Bay, Westside, downtown Los Angeles, and South Los Angeles.

Competition

        The banking business in California, especially in the market areas in which we compete, is highly competitive with respect to virtually all products and services and has become increasingly so in recent years. The industry continues to consolidate, directly affected by the more recent economic downturn, and strong, unregulated competitors continue to enter the banking markets with focused products targeted at highly profitable customer segments. Many generally unregulated competitors have been able to compete

5


Table of Contents

across geographic boundaries and provide customers increasing access to meaningful alternatives to banking services in nearly all significant products. These competitive trends are likely to continue.

        We compete for loans and deposits with other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, thrift and loan companies, and other financial and non-financial institutions, including finance companies, leasing companies, insurance companies, brokerage firms, and investment banking firms.

        With respect to commercial bank competitors, our market is largely dominated by a relatively small number of major banks with many offices operating over a wide geographical area. These banks have, among other advantages, the ability to finance wide-ranging and effective advertising campaigns and to allocate their investment resources to regions of highest yield and demand. Many of the major banks operating in the area offer certain services which we do not offer directly (but some of which we offer through correspondent institutions). By virtue of their greater total capitalization, such banks also have substantially higher lending limits.

        In recent years, increased competition also has developed from specialized finance and non-finance companies that offer money market and mutual funds, wholesale finance, credit card, and other consumer finance services, including on-line banking services and personal finance software. Strong competition for deposit and loan products affects the interest rates of those products as well as the other terms on which they are offered to customers. Mergers and acquisitions by and between financial institutions have placed additional pressure on banks within the industry to streamline their operations, reduce expenses, and increase revenues to remain competitive. Competition has also intensified due to federal and state interstate banking laws and failed bank receivership opportunities, which permit banking organizations to expand geographically.

        Technological innovation has also resulted in increased competition in the financial services market as customers now expect a choice of several delivery systems and channels, including telephone, mail, home computer online banking, ATMs, self-service branches, and/or in-store branches.

        We believe our primary competitors for the small and medium-sized business customer are other community banks that can provide the service and responsiveness attractive to small and medium-sized business customers. In order to compete effectively, we have created a sales and service culture that combines the experience of our senior officers, which includes the extensive sales orientation of larger financial institutions, with the commitment to service and a focus on the individual needs of our clients, which is found at the best community banks. We seek to provide a level of service and decision-making responsiveness not generally offered by larger institutions while at the same time providing a level of management sophistication typically not found at local community banks.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2012, the Company had 188 employees, all of which were full-time. None of our employees are represented by a union or covered by a collective-bargaining agreement. Management believes that its employee relations are good.

Client Concentrations

        Neither the Company nor either of the reportable segments has any client relationships that individually account for 10% or more of consolidated or segment revenues, respectively. The Bank monitors concentrations of funds which are provided by a single investor or from a single related source on a monthly basis to assist in its assessment of liquidity. As of December 31, 2012, there were four relationships that had total deposits in excess of 2% of total deposits representing approximately 16.1% of all Bank deposits, less brokered and Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service ("CDARS") deposits. At December 31, 2012 the Bank had brokered and CDARS deposits totaling $8.4 million and $29.7 million, or 2.2% and 7.7% of total deposits, respectively.

6


Table of Contents

Economic Conditions and Legislative and Regulatory Developments

        Historically, the Company's profitability, like most depository institutions, was dependent primarily on interest income, principally generated by our commercial banking business. However, as our mortgage division business continues to grow, fee-based income is becoming an increasingly larger proportion of the Company's revenues. Both businesses are impacted significantly by market-driven interest rates. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the Company's control and cannot be predicted, including but not limited to inflation, recession, unemployment, federal monetary policy, and changes in domestic and foreign economic conditions.

        The Company's business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal Government and the policies of regulatory agencies. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ("FRB") implements national monetary policies through various means, including open-market operations in U.S. Government securities, adjusting the required level of reserves for depository institutions, and varying the targeted federal funds and discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. These actions influence the growth of the Company's loans, investments, deposits, and borrowings which, in turn, impact the interest earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The nature and impact of any future changes in federal monetary and fiscal policies on the Company cannot be predicted.

        From time to time, federal and state legislation is enacted that may have the effect of materially increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities, or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial services providers. In response to the recent economic downturn and ongoing instability in the financial industry, legislative and regulatory initiatives have been and will continue to be implemented which substantially intensify the regulation of the financial services industry. Moreover, especially in the current economic environment, bank regulatory agencies have been very aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations. This has resulted in an increase in the issuance of new, and the continuation of existing, enforcement actions requiring financial institutions to address issues related to credit quality, liquidity and interest rate risk, and capital adequacy, as well as other safety and soundness concerns.

Supervision and Regulation

General

        The Company and its subsidiaries are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. The following discussion of key laws and regulations is a summary and does not purport to be complete nor does it address all applicable laws and regulations. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable laws and regulations referred to in this discussion.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

        As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation and examination by the FRB under the BHCA. Accordingly, the Company is subject to the FRB's regulations and its authority to:

    Require periodic reports and such additional information as the FRB may require;

    Require bank holding companies to maintain increased levels of capital;

    Require that bank holding companies serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to subsidiary banks and commit resources as necessary to support each subsidiary bank;

    Restrict the ability of bank holding companies to declare dividends or obtain dividends or other distributions from their subsidiary banks;

7


Table of Contents

    Terminate an activity or terminate control of or liquidate or divest certain subsidiaries, affiliates or investments if the FRB believes the activity or the control of the subsidiary or affiliate constitutes a significant risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary;

    Take formal or informal enforcement action or issue other supervisory directives and assess civil money penalties for non-compliance under certain circumstances;

    Require the prior approval of senior executive officer or director changes and prohibit golden parachute payments, including change in control agreements, or new employment agreements with such payment terms, which are contingent upon termination;

    Regulate provisions of certain bank holding company debt, including the authority to impose interest ceilings and reserve requirements on such debt and require prior approval to purchase or redeem securities in certain situations; and

    Approve acquisitions and mergers with banks and consider certain competitive, management, financial or other factors in granting these approvals in addition to similar California or other state banking agency approvals which may also be required.

        Subject to prior notice or FRB approval, bank holding companies may generally engage in, or acquire shares of companies engaged in, activities determined by the FRB to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Bank holding companies which elect and retain "financial holding company" status pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 ("GLBA") may engage in these nonbanking activities and broader securities, insurance, merchant banking and other activities that are determined to be "financial in nature" or are incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature without prior FRB approval. Pursuant to GLBA and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 ("Dodd-Frank"), in order to elect and retain financial holding company status, a bank holding company and all depository institution subsidiaries of a bank holding company must be well capitalized and well managed, and, except in limited circumstances, depository subsidiaries must be in satisfactory compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA"), which requires banks to help meet the credit needs of the communities in which they operate. Failure to sustain compliance with these requirements or correct any non-compliance within a fixed time period could lead to divestiture of subsidiary banks or require all activities to conform to those permissible for a bank holding company. The Company has not elected financial holding company status and neither the Company nor the Bank has engaged in any activities determined by the FRB to be financial in nature or incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature.

        Dodd-Frank requires that a bank holding company serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks and commit resources as necessary to support each subsidiary bank. In addition, if a subsidiary bank fails to maintain adequate capital levels, it could be required by the bank's federal regulator to take "prompt corrective action." In such a case, the bank holding company may be required to support the subsidiary bank's capital restoration plan. See "Prompt Corrective Action Provisions" below.

Bank Regulation

        The Bank, as a nationally chartered bank, is subject to primary supervision, periodic examination, and regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC"). To a lesser extent, the Bank is also subject to certain regulations promulgated by the FRB and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), as administrator of the Deposit Insurance Fund ("DIF"). The federal bank regulatory agencies have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. The regulatory agencies have adopted guidelines to assist in identifying and addressing potential safety and soundness concerns before an institution's capital becomes impaired. The guidelines establish operational and managerial standards generally relating to: (1) internal

8


Table of Contents

controls, information systems, and internal audit systems; (2) loan documentation; (3) credit underwriting; (4) interest rate exposure; (5) asset growth and asset quality; and (6) compensation, fees, and benefits. Further, the regulatory agencies have adopted safety and soundness guidelines for asset quality and for evaluating and monitoring earnings to ensure that earnings are sufficient for the maintenance of adequate capital and reserves. If, as a result of an examination, the OCC should determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of the Bank's operations are unsatisfactory or that the Bank or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation, the OCC, and separately the FDIC as insurer of the Bank's deposits, have authority to:

    Require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice;

    Restrict the Bank's ability to retain or generate deposits from wholesale sources, including brokered deposits;

    Direct an increase in capital and the maintenance of higher specific minimum capital ratios, which may preclude the Bank from being deemed well capitalized and restrict its ability to accept certain brokered deposits;

    Restrict the Bank's payment of dividends;

    Restrict the Bank's growth geographically, by products and services, or by mergers and acquisitions;

    Enter into informal or formal enforcement orders, including memoranda of understanding, written agreements and consent or cease and desist orders or prompt corrective action orders to take corrective action and cease unsafe and unsound practices;

    Require the prior approval of senior executive officer or director changes and prohibit golden parachute payments, including change in control agreements, or new employment agreements with such payment terms, which are contingent upon termination;

    Remove officers and directors and assess civil monetary penalties; and

    Take possession of and close and liquidate the Bank.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

        Dodd-Frank significantly revised and expanded the rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority of the federal bank regulatory agencies. Dodd-Frank impacts many aspects of the financial industry and, in many cases, will impact larger and smaller financial institutions and community banks differently over time. Many of the following key provisions of Dodd-Frank affecting the financial industry are now either effective or are in the proposed rule or implementation stage:

    The creation of a Financial Services Oversight Counsel to identify emerging systemic risks and improve interagency cooperation;

    Expanded FDIC authority to conduct the orderly liquidation of certain systemically significant non-bank financial companies in addition to depository institutions;

    The establishment of strengthened capital and liquidity requirements for banks and bank holding companies, including minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements no less than the strictest requirements in effect for depository institutions as of the date of enactment;

    The requirement by statute that bank holding companies serve as a source of financial strength for their depository institution subsidiaries;

    Enhanced regulation of financial markets, including the derivative and securitization markets, and the elimination of certain proprietary trading activities by banks (the "Volcker Rule");

9


Table of Contents

    The elimination and phase out of trust preferred securities from Tier 1 capital with certain exceptions;

    A permanent increase of the previously implemented temporary increase of FDIC deposit insurance to $250,000 and an extension of federal deposit coverage until January 1, 2013, for the full net amount held by depositors in non-interesting bearing transaction accounts;

    Authorization for financial institutions to pay interest on business checking accounts;

    Changes in the calculation of FDIC deposit insurance assessments, such that the assessment base will no longer be the institution's deposit base, but instead, will be its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity;

    The elimination of remaining barriers to de novo interstate branching by banks;

    Expanded restrictions on transactions with affiliates and insiders under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and lending limits for derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, and securities lending and borrowing transactions;

    The elimination of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the transfer of oversight of thrift institutions and their holding companies to the OCC or the FDIC and FRB;

    Provisions that affect corporate governance and executive compensation at most United States publicly traded companies, including (i) stockholder advisory votes on executive compensation beginning in 2013 for smaller reporting companies, such as the Company, (ii) executive compensation "clawback" requirements for companies listed on national securities exchanges in the event of materially inaccurate statements of earnings, revenues, gains or other criteria, (iii) enhanced independence requirements for compensation committee members, and (iv) giving the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") authority to adopt proxy access rules which would permit stockholders of publicly traded companies to nominate candidates for election as director and have those nominees included in a company's proxy statement; and

    The creation of a Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, which is authorized to promulgate and enforce consumer protection regulations relating to bank and non-bank financial products and which may examine and enforce its regulations on banks with more than $10 billion in assets.

        The numerous rules and regulations that have been promulgated and are yet to be promulgated and finalized under Dodd-Frank are likely to significantly impact the Company's operations and compliance costs, such as changes in FDIC assessments, the permitted payment of interest on demand deposits and projected enhanced consumer compliance requirements. More stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements are expected to impact the Company's business as Dodd-Frank is fully implemented. The federal agencies have issued many proposed rules pursuant to provisions of Dodd-Frank which will apply directly to larger institutions with either more than $50 billion in assets or more than $10 billion in assets, such as proposed regulations for financial institutions deemed systemically significant, proposed rules requiring capital plans and stress tests and the FRB's proposed rules to implement the Volcker Rule, as well as a final rule for the largest (over $250 billion in assets) and internationally active banks setting a new minimum risk-based capital floor. These and other requirements and policies imposed on larger institutions, such as expected countercyclical requirements for increased capital in times of economic expansion and a decrease in times of contraction, may subsequently become expected "best practices" for smaller institutions. Therefore, as a result of the changes required by Dodd-Frank, the profitability of the Company's business activities may be impacted and the Company may be required to make changes to certain of its business practices. Such developments and new standards would require the Company to devote even more management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements.

10


Table of Contents

Dividends

        The Bank is subject to various statutory and regulatory restrictions on its ability to pay dividends. The Bank is subject first to corporate restrictions on its ability to pay dividends. Prior OCC approval is also required for the Bank to declare a dividend if the total of all dividends (common and preferred), including the proposed dividend, declared by the Bank in any calendar year will exceed its net retained income of that year to date plus the retained net income of the preceding two calendar years. In addition, the banking agencies have the authority under their safety and soundness guidelines and prompt corrective action regulations to require their prior approval or to prohibit the Bank from paying dividends, depending upon the Bank's financial condition, if such payment is deemed to constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Further, the Bank may not pay a dividend if it would be undercapitalized after the dividend payment is made.

        It is FRB policy that bank holding companies should generally pay dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization's expected future needs and financial condition. It is also FRB policy that bank holding companies should not maintain dividend levels that undermine the company's ability to be a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries. In consideration of the recent financial and economic environment, the FRB has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy and has discouraged payment ratios that are at maximum allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are strong.

        The ability of the Company and any non-bank subsidiary to pay dividends may also be limited by applicable state law. For example, the California General Corporation Law prohibits the Company from paying dividends on our common stock unless: (i) retained earnings, immediately prior to the dividend payment, equals or exceeds the amount of the dividend or (ii) immediately after giving effect to the dividend the sum of the Company's assets (exclusive of goodwill and deferred charges) would equal or exceed the sum of its liabilities and aggregate preferred shareholder preferences, if any.

Capital Adequacy Requirements

        Bank holding companies and banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by state and federal banking agencies. Increased capital requirements are expected as a result of expanded authority set forth in Dodd-Frank and the Basel III international supervisory developments discussed below. Capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weighting, and other factors. At December 31, 2012, the Company's and the Bank's capital ratios exceeded the minimum percentage requirements to be deemed "well capitalized" for regulatory purposes.

        The current risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies and banks adopted by the federal banking agencies are expected to provide a measure of capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization's operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets, such as loans, and those recorded as off-balance sheet items, such as commitments, letters of credit and recourse arrangements. The risk-based capital ratio is determined by classifying assets and certain off-balance sheet financial instruments into weighted categories, with higher levels of capital being required for those categories perceived as representing greater risks and dividing its qualifying capital by its total risk-adjusted assets and off-balance sheet items. Bank holding companies and banks engaged in significant trading activity may also be subject to the market risk capital guidelines and be required to incorporate additional market and interest rate risk components into their risk-based capital standards. As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Bank's Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 13.01% and 19.22% respectively, and its Tier 1 Risked-Based Capital Ratio was 12.21% and 17.96% respectively.

11


Table of Contents

        Qualifying capital is classified depending on the type of capital:

    "Tier 1 capital" currently includes common equity and capital received from trust preferred offerings, subject to the provisions of Dodd-Frank. Under Dodd-Frank, depository institution holding companies with more than $15 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009, are no longer be able to include trust preferred securities as Tier 1 regulatory capital after the end of a 3-year phase-out period beginning 2013, and would need to replace any outstanding trust preferred securities issued prior to May 19, 2010 with qualifying Tier 1 regulatory capital during the phase-out period. For institutions with less than $15 billion in total consolidated assets, existing trust preferred capital will still qualify as Tier 1. Small bank holding companies with less than $500 million in assets could issue new trust preferred securities that could still qualify as Tier 1, however the market for any new trust preferred capital offerings is uncertain.

    "Tier 2 capital" includes hybrid capital instruments, other qualifying debt instruments, a limited amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses, and a limited amount of unrealized holding gains on equity securities. Following the phase-out period under Dodd-Frank, trust preferred securities will be treated as Tier 2 capital.

    "Tier 3 capital" consists of qualifying unsecured debt. The sum of Tier 2 and Tier 3 capital may not exceed the amount of Tier 1capital.

        Under the current capital guidelines, there are three fundamental capital ratios: a total risk-based capital ratio, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and a Tier 1 leverage ratio. To be deemed "well capitalized" a bank must have a total risk-based capital ratio, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least ten percent, six percent and five percent, respectively.

        In addition to the requirements of Dodd-Frank and Basel III, the federal banking agencies may change existing capital guidelines or adopt new capital guidelines in the future and have required many banks and bank holding companies subject to enforcement actions to maintain capital ratios in excess of the minimum ratios otherwise required to be deemed well capitalized, in which case institutions may no longer be deemed well capitalized and may therefore be subject to restrictions on taking brokered deposits.

        The Company and the Bank also are required to maintain a leverage capital ratio designed to supplement the risk-based capital guidelines. Banks and bank holding companies that have received the highest rating of the five categories used by regulators to rate banks and that are not anticipating or experiencing any significant growth must maintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital (net of all intangibles) to adjusted total assets of at least 3.0%. All other institutions are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 100 to 200 basis points above the 3.0% minimum, for a minimum of 4.0% to 5.0%. Pursuant to federal regulations, banks must maintain capital levels commensurate with the level of risk to which they are exposed, including the volume and severity of problem loans. Federal regulators may, however, set higher capital requirements when a bank's particular circumstances warrant. As of December 31, 2012, the Bank's leverage capital ratio was 10.18%, and the Company's leverage capital ratio was 10.39%. Both ratios exceeded regulatory minimums as well as the threshold for "well capitalized" as defined by the regulatory agencies of both the Company and the Bank.

International Capital and Liquidity Initiatives

        The current risk-based capital guidelines which apply to the Company and the Bank are based upon the 1988 capital accord (referred to as "Basel I") of the International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the "Basel Committee"), a committee of central banks and bank supervisors and regulators from the major industrialized countries. The Basel Committee develops broad policy guidelines for use by each country's supervisors in determining the supervisory policies they apply. A new framework and accord, referred to as Basel II, evolved from 2004 to 2006 out of the efforts to revise capital adequacy standards for internationally active banks. Basel II emphasizes internal assessment of credit, market and

12


Table of Contents

operational risk; supervisory assessment and market discipline in determining minimum capital requirements and became mandatory for large or "core" international banks outside the United States in 2008 (total assets of $250 billion or more or consolidated foreign exposures of $10 billion or more). Basel II was optional for others, and if adopted, must first be complied within a "parallel run" for two years along with the existing Basel I standards. The Company is not required to comply with Basel II and has not elected to apply the Basel II standards.

        In 2010 and 2011, the Basel Committee finalized proposed reforms on capital and liquidity, generally referred to as Basel III, to reconsider regulatory capital standards, supervisory and risk-management requirements and additional disclosures to further strengthen the Basel II framework in response to the worldwide economic downturn. Although Basel III is intended to be implemented by participating countries for large, internationally active banks, its provisions are likely to be considered by United States banking regulators in developing new regulations applicable to other banks in the United States. Basel III provides for increases in the minimum Tier 1 common equity ratio and the minimum requirement for the Tier 1 capital ratio. Basel III additionally includes a "capital conservation buffer" on top of the minimum requirement designed to absorb losses in periods of financial and economic distress; and an additional required countercyclical buffer percentage to be implemented according to a particular nation's circumstances. These capital requirements are further supplemented under Basel III by a non-risk-based leverage ratio. Basel III also reaffirms the Basel Committee's intention to introduce higher capital requirements on securitization and trading activities.

        The Basel III liquidity proposals have three main elements: (i) a "liquidity coverage ratio" designed to meet the bank's liquidity needs over a 30-day time horizon under an acute liquidity stress scenario, (ii) a "net stable funding ratio" designed to promote more medium and long-term funding over a one-year time horizon, and (iii) a set of monitoring tools that the Basel Committee indicates should be considered as the minimum types of information that banks should report to supervisors.

        Implementation of Basel III in the United States will require regulations and guidelines by United States banking regulators, which may differ in significant ways from the recommendations published by the Basel Committee. It is unclear how United States banking regulators will define "well-capitalized" in their implementation of Basel III and to what extent and when smaller banking organizations in the United States will be subject to these regulations and guidelines. Basel III standards, if adopted, could lead to significantly higher capital requirements, higher capital charges and more restrictive leverage and liquidity ratios. The standards would, among other things:

    Impose more restrictive eligibility requirements for Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital;

    Increase the minimum Tier 1 common equity ratio to 4.5%, net of regulatory deductions, and introduce a capital conservation buffer of an additional 2.5% of common equity to risk-weighted assets, raising the target minimum common equity ratio to 7.0%;

    Increase the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio to 8.5% inclusive of the capital conservation buffer;

    Increase the minimum total capital ratio to 10.5% inclusive of the capital conservation buffer; and

    Introduce a countercyclical capital buffer of up to 2.5% of common equity or other fully loss absorbing capital for periods of excess credit growth.

        Basel III also introduces a non-risk adjusted Tier 1 leverage ratio of 3.0%, based on a measure of total exposure rather than total assets, and new liquidity standards. The new Basel III capital standards were originally to be phased in from January 1, 2013 until January 1, 2019. On November 9, 2012, the FRB, the FDIC, and the OCC issued a press release stating that they "do not expect" that any of the new regulatory capital rules they had proposed to implement pursuant to Basel III would become effective on January 1, 2013. There is no certainty when the phase in of these new regulatory standards will begin or to what extent they will apply to the Company. United States banking regulators must also implement Basel III in

13


Table of Contents

conjunction with the provisions of Dodd-Frank related to increased capital and liquidity requirements. The regulations ultimately applicable to the Company may be substantially different from the Basel III final framework. Requirements to maintain higher levels of capital or to maintain higher levels of liquid assets could adversely impact the Company's net income and return on equity.

Prompt Corrective Action Provisions

        The Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDI Act") provides a framework for regulation of depository institutions and their affiliates, including parent holding companies, by their federal banking regulators. Among other things, it requires the relevant federal banking regulator to take "prompt corrective action" with respect to a depository institution if that institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards, including requiring the prompt submission of an acceptable capital restoration plan. Supervisory actions by the appropriate federal banking regulator under the prompt corrective action rules generally depend upon an institution's classification within five capital categories as defined in the regulations. The relevant capital measures are the capital ratio, the Tier 1 capital ratio, and the leverage ratio.

        A depository institution's capital tier under the prompt corrective action regulations depends upon how its capital levels compare with various relevant capital measures and the other factors established by the regulations. A bank's prompt corrective action capital category is determined solely for the purpose of applying the prompt corrective action regulations and the capital category may not constitute an accurate representation of the banks' overall financial condition or prospects for other purposes. A bank is: (i) "well capitalized" if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater and is not subject to any order or written directive by any such regulatory authority to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure; (ii) "adequately capitalized" if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and is not "well capitalized"; (iii) "undercapitalized" if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%; (iv) "significantly undercapitalized" if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%; and (v) "critically undercapitalized" if the institution's tangible equity is equal to or less than 2.0% of average quarterly tangible assets. An institution may be downgraded to, or deemed to be in, a capital category that is lower than indicated by its capital ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters.

        The FDI Act generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be "undercapitalized." "Undercapitalized" institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. The regulatory agencies may not accept such a plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution's capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution's parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan. The bank holding company must also provide appropriate assurances of performance. The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5.0% of the depository institution's total assets at the time it became undercapitalized and (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such institution as of the time it fails to comply with the plan. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is "significantly undercapitalized." "Significantly undercapitalized" depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become "adequately capitalized," requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of

14


Table of Contents

receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. "Critically undercapitalized" institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

        The appropriate federal banking agency may, under certain circumstances, reclassify a well-capitalized insured depository institution as adequately capitalized. The FDI Act provides that an institution may be reclassified if the appropriate federal banking agency determines (after notice and opportunity for a hearing) that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition or deems the institution to be engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice. The appropriate agency is also permitted to require an adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution to comply with the supervisory provisions as if the institution were in the next lower category (but may not treat a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized) based on supervisory information other than the capital levels of the institution.

Deposit Insurance

        The FDIC is an independent federal agency that insures deposits, up to prescribed statutory limits, of federally insured banks and savings institutions and safeguards the safety and soundness of the banking and savings industries. The FDIC insures our customers' deposits through the DIF up to prescribed limits for each depositor. Pursuant to Dodd-Frank, the maximum deposit insurance amount has been permanently increased to $250 thousand and all non-interest-bearing transaction accounts are insured through December 31, 2012. The amount of FDIC assessments paid by each DIF member institution is based on its relative risk of default as measured by regulatory capital ratios and other supervisory factors. Due to the greatly increased number of bank failures and losses incurred by DIF, as well as the recent extraordinary programs in which the FDIC has been involved to support the banking industry generally, the DIF was substantially depleted and the FDIC has incurred substantially increased operating costs. In November 2009, the FDIC adopted a requirement for institutions to prepay in 2009 their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012. The Bank prepaid its assessments based on the calculations of the projected assessments at that time.

        As required by Dodd-Frank, the FDIC adopted a new DIF restoration plan which became effective on January 1, 2011. Among other things, the plan: (1) raises the minimum designated reserve ratio, which the FDIC is required to set each year, to 1.35% (from the former minimum of 1.15%) and removes the upper limit on the designated reserve ratio (which was formerly capped at 1.5%) and consequently on the size of the fund; (2) requires that the fund reserve ratio reach 1.35% by 2020; (3) eliminates the requirement that the FDIC provide dividends from the fund when the reserve ratio is between 1.35% and 1.5%; and (4) continues the FDIC's authority to declare dividends when the reserve ratio at the end of a calendar year is at least 1.5%, but grants the FDIC sole discretion in determining whether to suspend or limit the declaration or payment of dividends. The FDI Act continues to require that the FDIC's Board of Directors consider the appropriate level for the designated reserve ratio annually and, if changing the designated reserve ratio, engage in notice-and-comment rulemaking before the beginning of the calendar year. The FDIC has set a long-term goal of increasing its reserve ratio up to 2% of insured deposits by 2027.

        On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule, which was effective for the quarter beginning April 1, 2011, as mandated by Dodd-Frank, changing the deposit insurance assessment system from one that is based on total domestic deposits to one that is based on average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity. In addition, the final rule creates a scorecard-based assessment system for larger banks (those with more than $10 billion in assets) and suspends dividend payments if the DIF reserve ratio exceeds 1.5%, but provides for decreasing assessment rates when the DIF reserve ratio reaches certain thresholds. Larger insured depository institutions will likely pay higher assessments to the DIF than under the old system. Additionally, the final rule includes a new adjustment for depository institution debt whereby an institution would generally pay an additional premium equal to 50 basis points on every dollar of long-term, unsecured debt held as an asset that was issued by another insured depository institution, to the extent that all such debt exceeds 3% of the other insured depository institution's Tier 1 capital.

15


Table of Contents

        The Bank's FDIC insurance expense totaled $320 thousand for 2012. FDIC insurance expense includes deposit insurance assessments and Financing Corporation ("FICO") assessments related to outstanding FICO bonds to fund interest payments on bonds to recapitalize the predecessor to the DIF. These assessments will continue until the FICO bonds mature in 2017. Total FICO assessments for the Company totaled $17 thousand for 2012.

        The Bank is generally unable to control the amount of premiums that it is required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures or if the FDIC otherwise determines, the Bank may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the recently increased levels. These announced increases and any future increases in FDIC insurance premiums may have a material and adverse effect on the Company's earnings and could have a material adverse effect on the value of, or market for, the Company's common stock.

        The FDIC may terminate a depository institution's deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution's financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices that pose a risk to the DIF or that may prejudice the interest of the bank's depositors. The termination of deposit insurance for the Bank would also result in the revocation of the Bank's charter by the OCC.Operations and Consumer Compliance Laws

        The Bank must comply with numerous federal anti-money laundering, data security, privacy and consumer protection statutes and implementing regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (effective 2013), the Bank Secrecy Act, the CRA, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the National Flood Insurance Act and various federal and state privacy protection laws. Noncompliance with these laws could subject the Bank to lawsuits and could also result in administrative penalties, including, fines and reimbursements. The Bank and the Company are also subject to federal and state laws prohibiting unfair or fraudulent business practices, untrue or misleading advertising and unfair competition.

        These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure and reporting requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans, collecting loans, and providing other services. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations can subject the Bank to various penalties, including but not limited to enforcement actions, injunctions, fines or criminal penalties, punitive damages to consumers, and the loss of certain contractual rights.

        Dodd-Frank provides for the creation of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection as an independent entity within the FRB. This bureau is a new regulatory agency for United States banks. It has broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over consumer financial products and services, including deposit products, residential mortgages, home-equity loans and credit cards, and contains provisions on mortgage-related matters such as steering incentives, determinations as to a borrower's ability to repay and prepayment penalties. The bureau's functions include investigating consumer complaints, conducting market research, rulemaking, supervising and examining bank's consumer transactions, and enforcing rules related to consumer financial products and services. While the Bank will generally be subject to rules issued by the bureau, Banks with less than $10 billion in assets, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined for compliance by their primary federal banking agency.

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

        In addition to the other information on the risks the Company faces and our management of risk contained in this Form 10-K or in our regulatory filings, the following are the most significant risks which may adversely affect our business and operations. Events or circumstances arising from one or more of these risks could adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition, operating results and prospects, and the value and price of our common stock could decline. The risks identified below are not

16


Table of Contents

intended to be a comprehensive list of all risks we face, and additional risk may also impair our business operations and results. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all such risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all such risk factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. This discussion of risk factors may include forward-looking statements. For cautions about relying on such forward- looking statements, please see the initial page of this Form 10-K.

We have a history of net losses and a limited history of profitability, and we may not be profitable in the future.

        Prior to the Merger, Manhattan Bancorp reported net losses of $6.9 million, $4.7 million, $5.0 million, $4.4 million, and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively and Professional Business Bank reported a net loss of $238 thousand and $61 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively and a net loss of $2.7 million for the period from March 9, 2009 (date of inception) to December 31, 2009. Although we had net income attributable to common shareholders of $686 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2012, the effects of the current economic downturn may continue to adversely impact our overall financial performance and results of operations.

We may fail to realize the cost savings we have estimated for the Merger or integrate the business operations and managements of our two companies in an efficient manner.

        The success of the Merger will depend, in part, on our ability to realize anticipated cost savings and to successfully combine the businesses of the Bank and Professional Business Bank in a manner that permits growth opportunities to be realized and does not materially disrupt the existing customer relationships nor result in decreased revenues due to any loss of customers. We expect to realize annual cost savings from reductions in the number and amount of employees and reduced infrastructural costs (e.g., integration of information systems). While we have taken existing lease and other contractual obligations into consideration in developing our estimate of cost savings, changes in transaction volumes, operating systems and procedures and other factors may cause the actual cost savings to be different from these estimates. In addition, difficulties encountered in integrating our information systems could prevent us from realizing some of the estimated cost savings. Such difficulties could also jeopardize customer relationships, cause a loss of deposits or loan customers and the revenue associated with those customers. It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, as well as the disruption of each company's ongoing businesses or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies, any or all of which could adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with clients, customers, depositors and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the Merger. Integration efforts will also divert management attention and resources. A failure to successfully navigate the complicated integration process could have an adverse effect on our operations and financial results. If we are not able to achieve these cost-savings objectives, the anticipated benefits of the Merger may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected.

Goodwill resulting from the Merger may adversely affect our results of operations.

        Our goodwill and other intangible assets increased substantially as a result of the Merger. Potential impairment of goodwill and amortization of other intangible assets could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We assess our goodwill and other intangible assets and long-lived assets for impairment annually and more frequently when required by GAAP. We are required to record an impairment charge if circumstances indicate that the asset carrying values exceed their fair values. Our assessment of goodwill, other intangible assets, or long-lived assets could indicate that an impairment of the carrying value of such assets may have occurred that could result in a material, non-cash write-down of such assets, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and future earnings.

17


Table of Contents

Continued or worsening general economic or business conditions, particularly in California where our business is concentrated, could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Our operations, loans and the collateral securing our loan portfolio are concentrated in the State of California. Our success depends upon the business activity, population, income levels, deposits and real estate activity in this market. As a result, we may be particularly susceptible to the adverse economic conditions in California, and Southern California in particular.

        Since late 2007, the United States and the State of California in particular have experienced difficult economic conditions. Weak economic conditions are characterized by, among other indicators, deflation, increased levels of unemployment, fluctuations in debt and equity capital markets, increased delinquencies on mortgage, commercial and consumer loans, residential and commercial real estate price declines and lower home sales and commercial activity. All of those factors are generally detrimental to our business.

        In addition, our ability to assess the creditworthiness of customers and to estimate the losses inherent in our credit exposure is made more complex by these difficult market and economic conditions. Adverse economic conditions could reduce our growth rate, affect the ability of our customers to repay their loans and generally affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        While some economic trends have shown signs of improving in recent months, we cannot be certain that market and economic conditions will substantially improve in the near future. Recent and ongoing events at the state, national and international levels continue to create uncertainty in the economy and financial markets and could adversely impact economic conditions in our market area. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of the recent market and economic conditions on us and our customers. As a result, we may experience additional increases in foreclosures, delinquencies and customer bankruptcies as well as more restricted access to funds. Any such negative events may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price. Moreover, because of our geographic concentration, we are less able to diversify our credit risks across multiple markets to the same extent as regional or national financial institutions.

Poor economic conditions in the Southern California real estate market may cause us to suffer higher default rates on our loans and decreased value of the assets we hold as collateral.

        The majority of our assets and deposits were generated in Southern California. At December 31, 2012, approximately half of our commercial loans and the majority of our mortgage loans held for sale were secured by real property in Southern California. During 2012, the real estate market in Southern California showed signs of stabilization and some improvement, as evidenced by increasing prices, increased transaction volume, and decreased foreclosure rates. These improvements follow an extended period of deterioration and there is no certainty that improvements will continue, or that we not might return to further deterioration in the real estate market. Further deterioration may result in an increase in the level of our nonperforming loans, particularly commercial real estate loans. When real estate prices decline, the value of real estate collateral securing our loans is reduced. As a result, we may experience greater charge-offs and, similarly, our ability to recover on defaulted loans by foreclosing and selling the real estate collateral may be diminished and, as a result, we are more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans. If this real estate trend in our market areas continues or worsens, the result could be reduced income, increased expenses, and less cash available for lending and other activities, which could have a material and adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may suffer losses in our loan portfolio despite strict adherence to underwriting practices.

        We attempt to mitigate the risks inherent in extending credit by adhering to specific underwriting practices, managed by credit professionals. These practices include analysis of a borrower's prior credit history, financial statements, tax returns, and cash flow projections, valuations of collateral based on reports of independent appraisers and verifications of liquid assets. Although we believe that our

18


Table of Contents

underwriting criteria is appropriate for the various kinds of loans we fund, we may incur losses on loans that meet our underwriting criteria, and these losses may exceed the amounts set aside as reserves in the Bank's allowance for loan losses. If our underwriting practices prove to be ineffective, we may incur losses in our loan portfolio, which could have a material and adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

        Bank regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, review our loans and allowance for loan losses. A review of a portion of our loans was completed in the fourth quarter of 2012 by a third party loan review, where all recommendations were implemented. While we believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover potential losses, we cannot guarantee that future increases to the allowance for loan losses may not be required by regulators or other third party loan review or financial audits. Any of these occurrences could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We could be at a disadvantage when competing for deposits and loans with larger institutions that have larger lending limits and established customer contacts.

        Within the Los Angeles metropolitan area, we face intense competition for loans, deposits, and other financial products and services. Increased competition within our pricing market may result in reduced loan originations and deposits. Ultimately, we may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

        Many competitors offer the types of loans and banking services that we offer. These competitors include national banks, regional banks and other independent banks. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, mortgage divisions and other financial intermediaries. In particular, our competitors include financial institutions whose greater resources may afford them a marketplace advantage by enabling them to maintain numerous banking locations and mount extensive promotional and advertising campaigns. Additionally, banks and other financial institutions with larger capitalization and financial intermediaries not subject to bank regulatory restrictions may have larger lending limits which would allow them to serve the credit needs of larger customers. These institutions may be able to offer the same loan products and services we offer at more competitive rates and prices.

        If we are unable to attract and retain banking customers, we may be unable to maintain our loan portfolio and deposit levels, and our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We are dependent on key personnel and the loss of one or more of those key personnel may materially and adversely affect our prospects.

        Competition for qualified employees in the banking industry is intense, and there are limited numbers of qualified persons with knowledge of, and experience in, the California community banking industry. The process of recruiting personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to carry out our strategies is often lengthy. Our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to attract and retain qualified management, loan origination, finance, administrative, marketing and business development, and technical personnel, and upon the continued contributions of our management and personnel. In particular, our progress towards profitability had been and continues to be highly dependent upon the abilities of key executives and certain other employees. There have been several changes in key executive positions since our inception and there is no guarantee that other changes may not occur. If we fail to attract and retain the necessary personnel, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

19


Table of Contents

We face limits on our ability to lend and the limitation may increase.

        Our legal lending limit as of December 31, 2012 was approximately $7 million. Accordingly, the size of the loans which we can offer to potential customers is less than the size of loans which many of our competitors with larger lending limits can offer. Our lending limit affects our ability to seek relationships with the area's larger and more established businesses. We cannot be assured of any success in attracting or retaining customers seeking larger loans or that we can engage in participations of those loans on terms favorable to us. Moreover, to the extent that we incur losses and do not obtain additional capital, our lending limit, which depends upon the amount of our capital, will decrease, which could have a material and adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Interest rate fluctuations and other conditions which are out of our control could harm profitability.

        Our net interest income before provision for loan losses and net income depends to a great extent on "rate differentials," which is the difference between the income we receive from our loans, securities and other earning assets, and the interest expense we pay on our deposits and other liabilities. These rates will be highly sensitive to many factors which will be beyond our control, including general economic conditions, both domestic and foreign, and the monetary and fiscal policies of various governmental and regulatory authorities, in particular, the FRB. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, will influence not only the interest we receive on our loans and investment securities and the amount of interest we pay on deposits, it will also affect our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits and our costs in doing so. It is impossible to predict the nature or extent of the effect on our operations of monetary policy changes or other economic trends over which we have no control, such as unemployment and inflation. In addition, factors like natural resource prices, international conflicts and terrorist attacks and other factors beyond our control may adversely affect our business. If the rate of interest we pay on our deposits and other borrowings increases more than the rate of interest we earn on our loans and other investments, our net interest income, and therefore our financial condition and results of operations, could be materially and adversely affected. Similarly, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if the rates on our loans and other investments fall more quickly than those on our deposits and other borrowings.

Our mortgage division activities generate a significant portion of our non-interest income.

        A significant portion of our business involves originating residential mortgage loans through our mortgage division business, which accounted for approximately 87% of our non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2012. Real estate loan origination activity, including mortgage loan refinancing, is generally greater during periods of low or declining interest rates. During 2012 approximately 79% of the Bank's mortgage originations were mortgage loan refinancing. Adverse changes in market or competitive conditions could have an adverse impact on our earnings through lower origination volumes.

We face interest rate risk on our portfolio of loans held for sale.

        We are exposed to interest rate risk in our pipeline of mortgage loans for which we have committed to fund the loans at a specified interest rate before the loans have been approved and funded. We also are exposed to interest rate risk from our portfolio of funded mortgage loans pending sales to investors. We attempt to manage this risk through hedging strategies that involve forward sale agreements that do not require the mandatory delivery of loans to private investors (i.e., investors other than the Federal Government or GSEs). However, our hedging strategy has been placing increasingly greater reliance on derivatives in the form of forward sale agreements that require mandatory delivery of loans to private investors and mortgage-backed securities. As our mortgage loan volumes continue to increase, we may also use other derivative instruments for hedging purposes, including the forward sales of U.S. Treasury securities. In the past, we have engaged MCM as an experienced third party to assist us in managing our hedging activities and sales strategy. We recently divested MCM and therefore the services of MCM may no longer be available to us.

20


Table of Contents

        We expect these derivative financial instruments to experience changes in fair value that substantially offset the changes in the fair values of our mortgage loan commitments and funded mortgage loans held for sale. However, the use of derivative forward sales agreements for hedging purposes involves greater risk than selling loans through forward sales agreements that do not have mandatory delivery requirements. The use of derivative forward sales agreements for hedging purposes requires management to estimate the expected "fallout" rate of our mortgage loan pipeline, which is the percentage of loans in our pipeline with committed rates that will not be funded.

        Our hedging activities may not be fully effective in mitigating interest rate risk due to variances between changes in the fair value of our derivative hedges and the fair value of our loan commitments and funded loans. Our hedging activities also may be ineffective due to variances between expected and actual fallout rates. These variances may arise from changes in market conditions, including changes in either borrower demand for loan products or the borrowing rates of our competitors.

        The ineffectiveness of our hedging strategy may result in higher volatility in our profits arising from the sale of mortgage loans originated for sale.

We face credit risk related to our residential mortgage production activities.

        We face credit risk related to our residential mortgage production activities due to the failure of a borrower or an institution to honor its contractual obligations to us. We manage mortgage credit risk from borrowers principally by maintaining prudent credit underwriting standards and selling substantially all of the mortgage loans that we produce, thereby significantly mitigating credit recourse to us. The period of time between funding a mortgage loan and selling it to an investor typically ranges from 5 to 30 days.

        We also limit our risk of loss on mortgage loan sales by establishing limits on the maximum amount of activity with a single investor and by entering into contractual relationships with only those financial institutions that are approved by various management and Board committees.

An increase in interest rates may reduce our mortgage revenues, which would negatively impact our non-interest income.

        Our mortgage division provides a significant portion of our non-interest income. We generate mortgage revenues primarily from gains on the sale of mortgage loans to investors. In a rising or higher interest rate environment, our originations of mortgage loans may decrease, resulting in fewer loans that are available to be sold to investors. This would result in a decrease in mortgage revenues and a corresponding decrease in non-interest income. In addition, our results of operations are affected by the amount of non-interest expenses associated with mortgage division activities, such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, equipment and data processing expense and other operating costs. During periods of reduced loan demand, our results of operations may be adversely affected to the extent we are unable to reduce expenses commensurate with the decline in mortgage loan origination activity.

Secondary mortgage market conditions could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition to being affected by interest rates, the secondary mortgage markets are also subject to investor demand for residential mortgage loans and increased investor yield requirements for those loans. These conditions may fluctuate or even worsen in the future. We believe our ability to retain fixed-rate residential mortgage loans is limited. As a result, a prolonged period of secondary market illiquidity may reduce our loan production volumes and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation. In addition, the rules and regulations under Dodd-Frank makes the future of GSEs uncertain and that may also have a negative impact on the secondary market for mortgage loans, which might cause a reduction in our loan production volumes.

21


Table of Contents

If we are required to repurchase mortgage loans that we have previously sold, it would negatively affect our earnings.

        One of our primary business operations is our mortgage division, under which we sell residential mortgage loans in the secondary market under agreements that contain representations and warranties related to, among other things, the origination and characteristics of the mortgage loans. We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans that we have sold in cases of breaches of these representations and warranties. If we are required to repurchase mortgage loans or provide indemnification or other recourse, this could significantly increase our expenses and adversely affect our future earnings.

        Any loans we are required to repurchase may be considered purchased impaired loans, with the potential for charge-offs and loan loss provision expenses.

        There may be certain loans in our portfolio that were originated for sale, but for various reasons, are unable to be sold. These loans are transferred to our loan portfolio at the lower of historic cost or fair value, with any deterioration in value charged off.

If we were to sell our mortgage servicing portfolio, we may realize a material loss in the current market.

        The book value of our MSRs reflects their fair value, not their market value. Given current market conditions, we likely would realize a loss if we were to sell our servicing portfolio in the current market and that loss could be material. Market conditions could change favorably or unfavorably in the future.

Our income is subject to significant volatility due to potential changes in the fair value of our MSRs.

        We measure our MSRs at fair value. This election was made to facilitate the potential future implementation of a risk mitigation strategy to hedge against potential adverse changes in the fair value of our MSRs due to future changes in interest rates and other market factors.

        Management periodically evaluates the need to employ risk management strategies designed to mitigate potential adverse changes in the value of our MSRs. Hedging strategies may involve securities as well as derivatives such as interest-rate swaps, options, and various forms of forward contracts. As interest rates change, these financial instruments would be expected to have changes in fair value inversely correlated to the change in the fair value of the hedged MSRs.

        Our hedging activities may not be effective in mitigating adverse changes in the fair value of our MSRs which, in turn, could have a material adverse impact on net income.

        We have not implemented hedging strategies for our MSRs at this time. Unexpected changes in market conditions prior to the implementation of a hedging strategy could have a significant adverse impact on our earnings.

Proposed regulatory rules could affect us.

        The federal bank regulatory agencies recently issued joint proposed rules that would increase minimum capital ratios, add a new minimum common equity ratio, add a new capital conservation buffer, and would change the risk-weightings of certain assets. The proposed changes, if implemented, would be phased in from 2013 through 2019. Management is currently assessing the effect of the proposed rules on our capital position and the capital position of Bank of Manhattan. Community bank associations are currently discussing their concerns with the regulatory agencies regarding the additional regulatory burdens the proposals would place on community banks.

If we cannot maintain effective disclosure controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results on a timely basis.

        We cannot be certain that our efforts to improve our disclosure controls will be successful or that we will be able to maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Any

22


Table of Contents

failure to maintain effective controls or timely effect any necessary improvement of our disclosure controls could harm operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, which could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our securities.

We rely on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology from third-party service providers.

        We rely heavily on third-party service providers for much of our communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology, including customer relations management, general ledger, and loan servicing and loan origination systems. Any failure or interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in a material adverse effect on our ability to operate efficiently and expose the Company to regulatory, legal and reputation risks.

Our inability to properly manage liquidity risks may impair our operations and jeopardize our financial condition.

        Liquidity is an essential component of our business. An inability to raise funds at reasonable costs, whether through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans, or other sources, may have a material and adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition, and results of operation. Lack of access to funding sources may at times affect our entire industry or may specially relate to us, such as a result of adverse regulatory actions against us, or a deterioration of the confidence of customers and potential customers in our ability to meet their financial needs.

        We monitor concentrations of funds which are provided by a single related source on a monthly basis to assist in our assessment of liquidity. As of December 31, 2012, there were four relationships with deposits in excess of 2% of total deposits representing approximately 16.1% of our total deposits (excluding brokered deposits).

        Our reliance on wholesale deposits has increased significantly due to the growth in our mortgage division business. Wholesale deposits are sourced from other financial institutions, deposit brokers, and the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service. At December 31, 2012, we had $48.8 million in wholesale deposits, representing 12.7% of our total deposits. Our ability to retain existing, or generate new, wholesale deposits may be impaired by adverse changes in interest rates, market competition, bank regulations, or our financial performance.

We are subject to extensive regulation.

        The financial services industry is extensively regulated. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC and the FDIC. As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation and oversight by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco. Federal and state regulation is designed primarily to protect the deposit insurance funds and consumers, and not to benefit our shareholders. Recent government efforts to strengthen the U.S. financial system have resulted in the imposition of additional regulatory requirements, including expansive financial services regulatory reform legislation in the form of Dodd-Frank. Dodd-Frank will have material implications for the Company and the entire financial services industry. Among other things it will or potentially could:

    Affect the levels of capital and liquidity with which we must operate and how we plan capital and liquidity levels;

    Subject us to new and/or higher fees paid to various regulatory entities, including but not limited to deposit insurance fees to the FDIC;

    Impact our ability to invest in certain types of entities or engage in certain activities;

    Restrict the nature of our incentive compensation programs for executive officers;

23


Table of Contents

    Subject us to a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, with very broad rule-making and enforcement authorities; and

    Subject us to new and different litigation and regulatory enforcement risks.

        The full impact of this legislation on the Company and its business strategies and financial performance cannot be known at this time, and may not be known for a number of years. However, these impacts are expected to be substantial and some of them are likely to adversely affect the Company and its financial performance. Other regulations affecting banks and other financial institutions, such as Dodd-Frank, are undergoing continuous review and change frequently; the ultimate effect of such changes cannot be predicted. Because our business is highly regulated, compliance with such regulations and laws may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities. There can be no assurance that proposed laws, rules and regulations will not be adopted in the future, which could (i) make compliance much more difficult or expensive, (ii) restrict our ability to originate, broker or sell loans or accept certain deposits, (iii) further limit or restrict the amount of commissions, interest or other charges earned on loans originated or sold by us, or (iv) otherwise materially and adversely affect our business or prospects for business.

We may not have the ability to attract capital necessary to maintain regulatory ratios and fund growth.

        We may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and business needs, particularly if our asset quality or earnings were to deteriorate. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on several things, especially conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control, as well our financial performance. Economic conditions and the loss of confidence in financial institutions may increase our cost of funds and limit our access to some customary sources of capital.

        We cannot provide assurances that such capital will be available on acceptable terms or at all. Any occurrence that may limit our access to the capital markets, such as a decline in the confidence of debt purchasers, depositors of the Bank, or counterparties participating in the capital markets may adversely affect our capital costs, ability to raise capital, and liquidity. Moreover, if we need to raise capital in the future, we may have to do so when many other financial institutions are also seeking to raise capital which, in turn, would require us to compete with myriad institutions for investors. An inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a materially adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline.

        The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. In addition, the stock market is subject to fluctuations in the share prices and trading volumes that affect the market prices of the shares of many companies. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Among the factors that could affect stock price are:

    Actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition;

    Changes in financial estimates or publication of research reports and recommendations by financial analysts with respect to our common stock or those of other financial institutions;

    Failure to meet analysts' loan and deposit volume, revenue, asset quality or earnings expectations;

    Speculation in the press or investment community generally or relating to our reputation or the financial services industry;

    Actions by our shareholders, including sales of common stock by existing shareholders and/or directors and executive officers;

24


Table of Contents

    Fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors;

    Future sales of our equity or equity-related securities;

    Proposed or adopted regulatory changes or developments;

    Investigations, proceedings, or litigation that involve or affect the Company;

    The performance of the national and California economy and the real estate markets in California; or

    General market conditions and, in particular, developments related to market conditions for the financial services industry.

The trading volume of our common stock is limited.

        Our common stock is quoted on the OTCQB Marketplace under the symbol "MNHN" and trading volume is modest. The limited trading market for our common stock may lead to exaggerated fluctuations in market prices and possible market inefficiencies, as compared to a more actively traded stock. It may also make it more difficult to dispose of such common stock at expected prices, especially for holders seeking to dispose of a large number of shares of such stock.

We have filed a Form 15 with the Securities and Exchange Commission to deregister under the Exchange Act, which will result in a reduction in the amount and frequency of publicly-available information about us.

        On February 15, 2013, we filed a Form 15 with the SEC to voluntarily deregister our common stock with the SEC and terminate our reporting obligations under the Exchange Act. Deregistration of our common stock will result in a reduction in the amount and frequency of publicly-available information about the Company and the Bank because we will no longer be required to file Exchange Act reports with the SEC, such as annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and proxy statements. The Company and the Bank make regulatory filings that are available at http://www.ffiec.gov and https://cdr/ffiec.gov, respectively, which will continue to be available after the Exchange Act deregistration. Our common stock is quoted on the OTCQB Marketplace, which does not require Exchange Act registration or that we meet the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. It is therefore possible that our common stock will continue to trade on the OTCQB Marketplace following deregistration, but there is no assurance that it will continue to do so. Some investors may not want to purchase or own shares of our common stock since we no longer file reports and make information available under the Exchange Act. So even if our common stock continues to trade on the OTCQB Marketplace or another market, deregistration could reduce the trading market for our common stock, which is already limited.

The Carpenter Funds collectively own a majority of our common stock and therefore have substantial control over our operations and future transactions in which we are involved, including future changes of control.

        The Carpenter Funds collectively own approximately 75.6% of our common stock, and therefore exercise substantial control over the Company. As such, the Carpenter Funds will have substantial influence and control over matters voted upon by our shareholders and will have the ability to approve transactions that may have a significant impact on the operations of Manhattan Bancorp and the Bank, such as the election of the directors to the board of directors of each of Manhattan Bancorp and the Bank, mergers and sales of substantially all of the assets of Manhattan Bancorp or the Bank, and other matters upon which our shareholders may vote.

25


Table of Contents

Our common stock is equity and therefore is subordinate to our indebtedness and any preferred stock.

        Shares of our common stock are equity interests in the Company, do not constitute indebtedness, and, therefore, are not insured against loss by the FDIC or by any other public or private entity. Such common stock will rank junior to all indebtedness and other non-equity claims on the Company with respect to assets available to satisfy claims on the Company, including in a liquidation of the Company. Additionally, holders of such common stock are subject to the prior dividend and liquidation rights of any holders of our preferred stock then outstanding.

We may issue securities that could dilute the ownership of our existing shareholders and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

        We may elect to raise capital in the future to enhance our capital levels, improve our capital ratios, provide capital for acquisitions, increase liquidity available for operations and other opportunities, or for other reasons. If we raise funds by issuing equity securities or instruments that are convertible into equity securities, the percentage ownership of our existing shareholders will be reduced, the new equity securities may have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of our common stock and additional issuances could be at a purchase price that is lower than the available market price for our common stock. The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of common stock, preferred stock or similar securities in the market or the perception that such sales could occur. We may also issue equity securities as consideration for acquisitions that could be dilutive to existing shareholders.

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

    None

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

        In 2011, the Company expanded the size of its main office and corporate headquarters located at 2141 Rosecrans Avenue, Suite 1100, in the city of El Segundo, California. As a result the Company extended its original lease agreement, which commenced on July 1, 2007 for an additional seven year term, with one option to renew for seven years; as of December 31, 2012 the remaining term on this lease is 65 months.

        As a result of the Merger, the Company acquired branch facilities in Glendale, Pasadena, East Pasadena and Montebello. As of December 31, 2012 the Glendale and Pasadena offices have remaining terms of six months and sixteen months, respectively. The Bank has notified its customers and regulators of its intention to consolidate its East Pasadena office into the Pasadena branch during the first quarter of 2013; the Bank has already sublet the upper floors at the East Pasadena location and is in the process of securing a sublease of the branch space. The land and building are owned by the Bank for its office in Montebello.

        The Company entered into a lease on November 1, 2011 in the Woodland Hills area of Los Angeles, the entire space has been sublet to MCM and its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2012 the remaining term on the lease is 73 months. This property also houses the Woodland Hills satellite office of the Bank's mortgage division, which the Bank has entered into a separate agreement to sublet the space it occupies from MCM on a month-to-month basis.

        Prior to 2012 the Company also had leases for its mortgage division's satellite offices in San Diego and West Los Angeles, California; as of December 31, 2012 the remaining lease terms are 13 and 17 months, respectively. In January 2012, the Company entered into a lease for a satellite mortgage origination office in Hermosa Beach; the term of this lease ends in December 2013. On March 1, 2012 the Company entered in to a lease for its mortgage office in Huntington Beach, which as of December 31, 2012 has a remaining

26


Table of Contents

term of 26 months. In April 2012 the Company entered into a lease for its mortgage office in Newport Beach, which as of December 31, 2012 has a remaining term of 51 months. In November 2012, the Company entered into a lease for a satellite mortgage origination office in Santa Barbara; the term of this lease ends in 2017.

        In June 2011, the Company entered into a lease on behalf of MCM for its operations in New York, New York. This space has been sublet to MCM in its entirety. The lease expires in May 2016.

        In April 2011, the Company purchased property in Manhattan Beach, California for $1.8 million to develop as a future branch location. Construction of this branch was completed during 2012 and opened in September 2012. The purchase of the property was financed with a $1.1 million mortgage with interest-only payments at 5.00% and is due in April 2021; this loan was paid off in December 2012. The total cost of the branch, including renovations, was $2.7 million.

        Management believes that its existing facilities are adequate to support its operating activities.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        To the best of our knowledge, there are no pending legal proceedings to which the Company is a party and which may have a materially adverse effect upon the Company's property, business or results of operations.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

    Not applicable


PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

        The Company's common stock (OTCQB: MNHN) is quoted on the OTCQB Marketplace, a marketplace for companies that are current in their reporting with a U.S. regulator. The Company's common stock is not listed on any exchange. Investors can find quotes and market information for the Company on www.otcmarkets.com. Any investment in the Company's common stock should be considered a long-term investment as there is currently no active trading market for the Company's stock.

        The information in the following table indicates the high and low bid prices and approximate volume of trading for the Company's common stock for each calendar quarter during each of the two most recent fiscal years, and is based upon information provided by the OTCQB Marketplace. These quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down, or commission, and do not reflect the actual transactions. The information also does not include transactions for which no public records are available.

Period/Calendar Quarter Ended
  High   Low   Approximate
Trading Volume
 

March 31, 2011

  $ 5.90   $ 5.15     267,232  

June 30, 2011

  $ 5.45   $ 4.00     42,882  

September 30, 2011

  $ 4.00   $ 1.86     40,423  

December 31, 2011

  $ 3.90   $ 1.87     71,272  

March 31, 2012

  $ 3.05   $ 2.90     12,970  

June 30, 2012

  $ 4.00   $ 3.00     74,483  

September 30, 2012

  $ 3.85   $ 2.30     66,327  

December 31, 2012

  $ 4.24   $ 2.55     201,924  

27


Table of Contents

Shareholders

        As of March 27, 2013, we had approximately 213 shareholders of record. There are no other classes of equity securities outstanding.

Dividends

        To date, we have not paid any cash dividends. As a bank holding company that currently has no significant assets other than its equity interest in the Bank, the Company's ability to declare dividends depends primarily upon dividends it receives from the Bank. The dividend practice of the Bank, like the Company's dividend practice, will depend upon its earnings, financial position, current and anticipated cash requirements and other factors deemed relevant by its Board of Directors at the time.

        Shareholders are entitled to receive dividends only when and if declared by the Company's Board of Directors. The Company presently intends to follow a policy of retaining earnings, if any, for the purpose of increasing the net worth and reserves of the Company. Accordingly, it is anticipated that no cash dividends will be declared in the foreseeable future, and no assurance can be given that the Company's earnings will permit the payment of dividends of any kind in the future. The future dividend policy of the Company will be subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend upon a number of factors, including future earnings, financial condition, liquidity, and general business conditions.

        Please see Item 1, "Business—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends" for additional discussion of dividends and the statutes and regulations that restrict the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to pay dividends.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        Pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of a Credit Agreement dated as of June 25, 2011 (as amended, the "Credit Agreement") by and among the Company, Carpenter Fund Management Company, LLC, as administrative agent, and Carpenter Community Bancfund, L.P. and Carpenter Community Bancfund-A, L.P., as lenders (the "Carpenter Lenders"), the Carpenter Lenders converted the remaining $716,667 of the outstanding principal balance of the loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement into an aggregate of 169,424 shares of our common stock. The number of shares of our common stock issued to the Carpenter Lenders was determined by dividing the sum of the unpaid principal balance by the Book Value Per Share of the MNHN Common Stock (as defined in the Merger Agreement), or $4.23 per share.

        No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. The sale and issuance of the securities described above were exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

28


Table of Contents

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

        The following table provides information as of December 31, 2012 with respect to the shares of our common stock that may be issued under existing equity compensation plans, inclusive of those plans assumed in the Merger.

Plan Category
  Number of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options
  Weighted-Average
Price of
Outstanding
Options
  Number of
Remaining
Securities Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation Plans
(Excluding Securities
Reflected in the
Second Column)
 

Equity compensation approved by security holders

    485,487   $ 7.04     318,433  

Equity compensation not approved by security holders

             
                 

Total

    485,487   $ 7.04     318,433  
                 

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        Not applicable for smaller reporting companies.

29


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is intended to provide a better understanding of the significant changes in trends relating to the Company's financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and interest rate sensitivity. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements contained within this Form 10-K, including the notes thereto. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under "Item 1A. Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

OVERVIEW

        Accounting principles under GAAP require that a company whose security holders retain the majority voting interest in the combined business be treated as the acquirer for financial reporting purposes. Other factors also considered in this determination include composition of the Board of Directors and executive management of the combined company. Accordingly, the Merger was accounted for as a reverse acquisition whereby Professional Business Bank was treated as the acquirer for accounting and financial reporting purposes. Prior to the Merger, the balance sheet, statements of operations and statements of cash flows reflect that of only PBB. The assets and liabilities of Manhattan Bancorp were reported at fair value in a transaction that constituted a business combination subject to the acquisition method of accounting as detailed in Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 805, Business Combinations.

Earnings

        The Company recorded net income attributable to common shareholders of $686 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2012, which translates to net earnings of $0.08 per basic share and fully-diluted share of common stock. This compares with a net loss of $(238) thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011, which translated to a net loss of $(0. 05) per basic and fully-diluted share of common stock.

        The Company's $686 thousand net income attributable to common shareholders in 2012 was $925 thousand greater than its net loss in the prior year, due to a $22.0 million increase in non-interest income, a $1.5 million decrease in provision for loan losses, partially offset by a $23.2 million increase in non-interest expense.

        The majority (96%) of the $22.0 million increase in non-interest income was generated by our mortgage division and, to a much lesser extent, our commercial banking business. Revenue generated by MCM contributed $6.0 million to this increase and our participation in the MIMS-1 limited partnership fund (see Note 8 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements) contributed $399 thousand. The $23.2 million increase in non-interest expense was driven by growth in the Company's staffing levels and infrastructure as a result of the Merger and to further support expansions in our mortgage and commercial divisions. Increased expenses are also attributable to $1.2 million of acquisition costs and $1.4 million of severance costs related to the Merger. Additionally, expenses for MCM for the year ended 2012 totaled $6.1 million. The results of the mortgage division included in the operating results for the year ended December 31, 2012 only include operations following the Merger, as Professional Business Bank did not have a mortgage division. Similarly, the results of MCM included in the operating results for the year ended December 31, 2012 only include operations following the Merger through the effective time of the spinoff of MCM that occurred on November 9, 2012, or October 31, 2012.

30


Table of Contents

Financial Condition

        Assets at December 31, 2012 totaled $465.4 million, up $226.0 million or 94% from December 31, 2011. The significant increase in our assets was driven almost entirely by the Merger and growth in our loan portfolios, primarily driven by our mortgage division.

        Net loans totaled $371.0 million at December 31, 2012, up $204.7 million or 123% from December 31, 2011. Approximately 47% of this growth was generated by our mortgage division, as reflected by the $96.0 million increase in loans held for sale compared with no loans held for sale at December 31, 2011. Loans held for investment, which increased due to the Merger and generated by our commercial bank, grew by $108.7 million or 65% compared with December 31, 2011.

        As a result of the Merger and loan growth, our investable balances (Federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits and investment securities) decreased by $9.8 million, or 19%, to $42.4 million at December 31, 2012, compared with $52.2 million at December 31, 2011.

        Our increased funding requirements were met primarily by generating an additional $182.2 million in deposits, which totaled $383.3 million at December 31, 2012, a 91% increase from December 31, 2011. Most of the increase in savings and money market deposits which grew by $83.4 million to $146.0 million at December 31, 2012, a 133% increase from December 31, 2011. Additionally, certificates of deposits ("CDs") grew by $39.1 million to $96.9 million, at December 31, 2012, a 68% increase from December 31, 2011. As previously noted, our increased funding requirements were due primarily to the increase in our mortgage loans held for sale which, in turn, typically are sold within 30 days. Therefore, in order to mitigate risk, we utilized wholesale deposit channels to generate additional short-term CDs, almost all of which had one-month maturities, thereby approximating a "matched-funding" strategy for our mortgage division. To this end, we increased our wholesale CDs by $30.2 million to $48.8 million at December 31, 2012, of which $24.9 million had one-month maturities. We also replaced $4.5 million in existing longer-term wholesale deposits with time deposits that had two-month maturities.

        As of December 31, 2012, borrowings totaled $19.6 million, compared with no borrowings at December 31, 2011.

        At December 31, 2012, the Company's allowance for loan losses totaled $2.4 million or 0.87% of gross loans held for investment, compared with $2.4 million or 1.4% of gross loans held for investment at December 31, 2011. There were no commercial loans past due 90 days or more that had not been placed on non-accrual at December 31, 2012. However, the Company had $1.8 million in non-accrual loans at year-end 2012 consisting of ten loans held for investment. There were no non-performing loans held for sale. The non-performing loans held for investment were current as of December 31, 2012, with the exception of one $535 thousand loan that is 75 days past due at that same date. The loans have been placed on non-accrual status and deemed to be credit impaired with no specific loan loss. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank had $2.4 million in non-accrual loans, $2.4 in troubled debt restructurings and $6.8 million of loans past due 90 days or more.

        Stockholders' equity totaled $57.1 million at December 31, 2012, an increase of $24.6 million or 75.6% from December 31, 2011. This increase was due primarily to the Merger plus $686 thousand of net income in 2012.

        Capital ratios for the Company and the Bank continue to exceed levels required by banking regulators to be considered "well-capitalized" (the highest level specified by regulators). As of December 31, 2012, the Bank's total risk-adjusted capital ratio, tier 1 risk-adjusted capital ratio, and tier 1 capital ratio were 13.01%, 12.21%, and 10.18%, respectively, well above the regulatory requirements of 10%, 6%, and 5%, respectively, to be considered "well-capitalized."

31


Table of Contents

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Acquisition of Professional Business Bank

        On May 31, 2012, we completed our acquisition of Professional Business Bank through the merger of Professional Business Bank with and into Bank of Manhattan, with Bank of Manhattan as the surviving institution. Immediately prior to the Merger, Professional Business Bank completed a transaction in which its holding company, CGB Holdings, was merged into Professional Business Bank and accounted for using the historical balances as entities under common control.

        In the Merger, we issued an aggregate of 8,195,469 shares of our common stock to the shareholders of Professional Business Bank, representing a ratio of 1.7991 shares of our common stock for each share of Professional Business Bank common stock outstanding at the effective time of the Merger. The shares of our common stock issued to the Professional Business Bank shareholders in the Merger constituted approximately 67.2% of the our outstanding common stock after giving effect to the Merger.

        As a result of the Merger, we acquired four branches in central and east Pasadena, Montebello and Glendale, additional assets with an estimated fair value of $233.1 million and additional deposits with an estimated fair value of $200 million.

Sale of MBFS

        On November 9, 2012, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") with the Carpenter Lenders, which provided for (i) the sale of all of the shares of capital stock (the "MBFS Shares") of our wholly owned subsidiary, MBFS, and (ii) the assignment of our entire right in and to a promissory note dated as of July 25, 2011 (the "MCM Note"), made by MCM in favor of us in the aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million, in each case to the Carpenter Lenders for an aggregate purchase price of $5.0 million (the "Purchase Price"). The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement was completed simultaneously with the signing of the Purchase Agreement on November 9, 2012. Prior to the consummation of such transactions, we received an opinion from our financial advisor, Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P., confirming that the portion of the Purchase Price attributable to the sale of the MBFS Shares is fair, from a financial point of view, to us. The value of consideration received exceeded the carrying amount of the assets exchanged by $1.3 million, which was recognized as additional paid in capital.

        Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, we used a portion of the Purchase Price to repay $516,667 of accrued but unpaid interest and $4,283,333 of the outstanding principal balance of the loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement. In addition, and pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Carpenter Lenders converted the remaining $716,667 of the outstanding principal balance of the loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement into an aggregate of 169,424 shares of our common stock. The number of shares of our common stock issued to the Carpenter Lenders was determined by dividing the sum of the unpaid principal balance by the book value per share of our common stock (as defined in the Merger Agreement), or $4.23 per share. As a result of the consummation of these transactions, the principal balance and all accrued interest under the Credit Agreement has been repaid in full.

Rights Offering

        Beginning on December 20, 2012 we conducted an offering of up to 2,212,389 shares our common stock to the Company's shareholders. The holders of record of our common stock as of 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on November 28, 2012, referred to as the record date, received one nontransferable subscription right for every two shares of common stock owned on the record date. However, neither Carpenter Fund Manager GP, LLC, nor any of its affiliated investment funds (the "Carpenter Funds"), which collectively owned a total of 75.6% of our outstanding common stock as of the record date, received any subscription

32


Table of Contents

rights and was not entitled to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Each subscription right entitled each shareholder of record to a basic subscription right and an over-subscription privilege. Under the basic subscription right, the shareholder was entitled to purchase one share of our common stock at a subscription price of $4.52 per share. Under the over-subscription privilege, upon exercise of all of their basic subscription rights, the shareholder was entitled to subscribe, at the same subscription price, for an unlimited number of additional shares of common stock, provided that (i) no shareholder could own more than 4.9% of our common stock, and (ii) the aggregate subscription price of all shares of common stock purchased in the rights offering could not exceed $10 million.

        The rights offering expired at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, on January 25, 2013. As a result of the offering, we received basic subscriptions for a total of 152,411 shares of common stock representing gross proceeds of $689 thousand. None of our shareholders exercised their over-subscription rights.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

        Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We believe our most critical accounting policies upon which our financial condition depends, and which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, are as follows:

Investment Securities

        Securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are reported at cost, adjusted for premiums and discounts.

        Investments not classified as held-to-maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale securities. Under the available-for-sale classification, securities can be sold in response to a variety of situations, including but not limited to changes in interest rates, fluctuations in deposit levels or loan demand, liquidity requirements, or the need to restructure the portfolio to better match the maturity or interest rate characteristics of liabilities with assets. Securities classified as available-for-sale are accounted for at their current fair value rather than amortized historical cost. Unrealized gains or losses are excluded from net income (loss) and reported as an amount net of taxes as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) included in shareholders' equity. Premiums or discounts on held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities are amortized or accreted into income using the interest method.

        At each reporting date, investment securities are assessed to determine whether there is any other-than-temporary impairment. The classification of other-than-temporary impairment depends on whether the Company intends to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, and on the nature of the impairment. If the Company intends to sell a security or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell a security prior to recovery of its cost basis, it would be required to record an other than temporary loss in an amount equal to the entire difference between the fair value and amortized cost. If a security is determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired but the Company does not intend to sell the security, only the credit component of impairment is recognized in earnings and the impairment associated with non-credit factors, such as market liquidity, is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax. The cost basis of any other-than-temporarily impaired security is written down by the amount of any impairment adjustment recognized in earnings.

Allowance for Loan Losses

        The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable losses embedded in the Company's existing loan portfolios as of the measurement date. In order to determine the adequacy of our loan loss allowance to absorb future losses, management performs periodic credit reviews of the loan portfolio. In so doing, management considers current economic conditions, historical credit loss experiences and other factors. Although management uses the best information available to make these estimates, future

33


Table of Contents

adjustments to the allowance may be necessary due to changes in economic, operating, and regulatory conditions, most of which are beyond the Company's control. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management's judgment, should be charged off.

        When establishing the allowance for loan losses, management categorizes loans into risk categories generally based on the nature of the collateral and the basis of repayment. Loss estimates are reviewed periodically and, as adjustments become necessary, they are recorded in the results of operations in the periods in which they become known. The allowance is increased by provisions for loan losses which, in turn, are charged to expense. The balance of a loan deemed uncollectible is charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that collectability of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

        Commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit are recorded in the financial statements when they become payable. The credit risk associated with these commitments, when indistinguishable from the underlying funded loan, is considered in our determination of the allowance for loan losses. Other liabilities in the balance sheet include the portion of the allowance which was distinguishable and related to undrawn commitments to extend credit.

        The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to individual loans that are classified as impaired on a case-by-case basis. The general component of the Company's allowance for loan losses, which covers potential losses for all non-impaired loans, typically is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Company with consideration also given to peer bank loss experience. This historic loss experience is supplemented with the consideration of how current factors and trends might impact each portfolio segment. These factors and trends include the current levels of, and trends in: delinquencies and impaired loans; charge-offs and recoveries; changes in underwriting standards; changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit and geographic concentrations.

        In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company's allowance for loan losses and such agencies may require the Company to recognize additional provisions to the allowance based upon judgments that differ from those of management.

Impaired Loans

        A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Troubled debt restructurings ("TDRs"), which are described in more detail below, also are classified as impaired.

        Commercial and commercial real estate loans classified as substandard or doubtful are individually evaluated for impairment. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer and residential real estate loans, may collectively be evaluated for impairment, and accordingly, they are not separately identified for impairment disclosures. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

34


Table of Contents

        If a loan is classified impaired, a specific reserve is recorded for the loan equal to the difference between the loan's carrying value and the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's effective rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. TDRs are identified separately for impairment disclosures, as described in more detail below.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

        A TDR is a loan for which the Company grants a concession to the borrower that the Company would not otherwise consider due to a borrower's financial difficulties. A loan's terms which may be modified or restructured due to a borrower's financial difficulty include, but are not limited to, a reduction in the loan's stated interest rate below the market rate for a borrower with similar credit characteristics, an extension of the loan's maturity, and/or a reduction in the face amount of the debt. The amount of a debt reduction, if any, is charged off at the time of restructuring. For other concessions, a specific reserve typically is recorded for the difference between the loan's book value and the present value of the TDR's expected future cash flows discounted at the current market rate for loans with similar terms, conditions, and credit characteristics. This specific reserve is accreted into interest income over the expected remaining life of the TDR using the interest method. TDRs typically are placed on non-accrual status until a sustained period of repayment performance, usually six months or longer. However, the borrower's performance prior to the restructuring, or other significant events at the time of restructuring, may be considered in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual status after a shorter performance period. If the borrower's performance under the new terms is not reasonably assured, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual loan.

        Subsequent to being restructured, a TDR may be classified "substandard" or "doubtful" based on the borrower's repayment performance as well as any other changes in the borrower's creditworthiness. Loans that were paid current at the time of modification may be upgraded in their classification after a sustained period of repayment performance, usually six months or longer. TDRs are identified separately for impairment disclosures and are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's effective rate at the time of restructuring. If a TDR is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For any TDRs that subsequently default, the Company determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses.

Acquired Loans

        Acquired loans are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition and include both nonperforming loans with evidence of credit deterioration since their origination date and performing loans with no such credit deterioration. The Company is accounting for a significant majority of the loans, including loans with evidence of credit deterioration acquired in the Merger in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. In accordance with ASC 310-30, the Company has pooled performing loans at the date of purchase. The loans were aggregated into pools based on the common risk characteristics.

        The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition and the investment in the loan, or the "accretable yield," is recognized as interest income on a level-yield method over the life of the loan. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the "nonaccretable difference," are not recognized as a yield adjustment, loss accrual or valuation allowance. Increases in expected cash flows subsequent to the initial investment are recognized prospectively through adjustment of the yield on the loan over its remaining life. Decreases in expected cash flows are recognized as impairment. If the Company does not have the information necessary to reasonably estimate cash flows to be expected, it may use the cost recovery method or cash basis method of income recognition. Valuation allowances on these impaired

35


Table of Contents

loans reflect only losses incurred after the acquisition (meaning the present value of all cash flows expected at acquisition that ultimately are not to be received).

        The excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the initial fair value of acquired loans is referred to as accretable yield and is accreted into interest income over the estimated life of the acquired loans using the effective yield method. The acceptable yield will change due to:

    Estimate of the remaining life of acquired loans which may change the amount of future interest income

    Estimate of the amount of contractually required principal and interest payments over the estimated life that will not be collected (the nonaccretable difference)

    Indices for acquired loans with variable rates of interest

    Improvement in the amount of expected cash flows

        Acquired loans not accounted for under ASC 310-30 are subject to the provisions of ASC 310-20, Nonrefundable Fees and Costs. The cash flows associated with these loans determine the amount of the purchase discount that is to be accreted over the life of the loan using the effective interest method. Management periodically reassesses the net realizable value and in the event that credit losses inherent in the portfolio are higher than expectations, records an allowance for loan losses to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the amounts expected to be collected.

Gains From Mortgage Banking Activities

        Mortgage banking activity income is recognized when the Company records a derivative asset upon the commitment to originate a loan with a borrower for the sale of the loan to an investor. This commitment asset is recognized at fair value, which reflects the fair value of the commitment after considering the contractual loan origination-related fees, estimated sale premiums, direct loan origination costs, estimated pull-through rate and the estimated fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with servicing of loans. Also included in gains from mortgage division activities are changes to the fair value of loan commitments, forward sale commitments and loans held for sale that occur during their respective holding periods. Substantially all the gains or losses are recognized during the loan holding period as such loans are recorded at fair value. Mortgage servicing rights are recognized as assets based on the fair value upon the sale of loans when the servicing is retained by the Company.

        The Company records an estimated liability for obligations associated with loans sold which it may be required to repurchase due to breaches of representations and warranties, early payment defaults or to indemnify an investor for loss incurred which the investor attributes to underwriting or other issues that the Company is responsible for. The Company periodically evaluates the estimates used in calculating these expected losses and adjustments are reported in earnings. As uncertainty is inherent in these estimates, actual amounts paid or charged off could differ from the amount recorded. The provision for repurchases is recorded in miscellaneous loan expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

        The Company measures its MSRs at fair value. This election was made to facilitate the potential future implementation of a risk mitigation strategy to hedge against potential adverse changes in the fair value of its MSRs which may arise from future changes in interest rates and other market factors. The Company has not implemented hedging strategies for its MSRs at this time.

        The fair value of MSRs is estimated by using a cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, servicing costs, ancillary income, and other economic factors based on current market conditions.

36


Table of Contents

        Assumptions incorporated into the MSRs valuation model reflect management's best estimate of factors that a market participant would use in valuing the MSRs. Although sales of MSRs do occur, MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices so the precise terms and conditions of sales are not available. The Company considers its MSR values to represent a reasonable estimate of their fair value.

Income Taxes

        Deferred income taxes are recognized for estimated future tax effects attributable to income tax carry forwards as well as temporary differences between income tax and financial reporting purposes. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce the deferred tax asset to the amount expected to be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted accordingly through the provision for income taxes.

        We are required to establish a valuation allowance to cover the potential loss of these benefits, primarily due to the Company's net loss since inception. Therefore, a valuation allowance was recorded for the entire amount of the Company's deferred tax asset at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

        The Company has adopted the most current accounting guidance that clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return and provides that the tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the financial statements only if, based on its merits, the position is more likely than not to be sustained on audit by taxing authorities. Management believes that all tax positions taken to date are highly certain and, accordingly, no accounting adjustment has been made to the financial statements. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recorded as part of income tax expense.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 23 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect these estimates.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Interest Income

        Net interest income ("NII"), a key component of the Company's ability to generate earnings, is the difference between the interest income we earn on interest-bearing assets, such as loans and other interest-earning assets, and the interest we pay on deposits and borrowed funds. Since NII is impacted by the relative amounts of interest- earning assets and liabilities and interest rates earned and paid on those balances, total NII can fluctuate based upon the mix of earning assets (e.g., loans and investments) and funding liabilities (e.g., demand deposits and borrowings).

        NII oftentimes is expressed as interest rate spread ("spread") and net interest margin ("NIM"). Spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on funding sources or liabilities. NIM represents NII as a percentage of total average interest-earning assets. Spread is similar to NIM; however, unlike NIM, spread expresses the nominal average difference between borrowing and lending rates without compensating for the fact that the amount of earning assets and borrowed funds may be different.

37


Table of Contents

        Spread and NIM are affected primarily by two factors: 1) changes in the yields on earning assets and funding liabilities due to changes in interest rates, and 2) changes in the amounts and mix of average interest-earning assets and funding liabilities (i.e., volume changes). Interest rates earned and paid are affected primarily by our competition, general economic conditions, and other factors beyond our control, including FRB policies and actions as well as governmental economic, tax, and budget initiatives.

        The Company's NII totaled $15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $488 thousand or 3% compared with 2011. The increase in NII was largely due to an increase in earning assets as a result of the Merger partially offset by unfavorable changes in our NIM and spread. While average interest-bearing assets increased in 2012 by $73.6 million (29%) compared with 2011, our spread decreased by 119 basis points to 4.78% and our NIM decreased by 121 basis points to 4.80%.

        The decrease in our spread and NIM during 2012 was due primarily to lower asset yields, partially offset by a small favorable change in our overall cost of funds. Loan yields decreased by 286 basis points to 5.71% in 2012 compared with 8.57% in 2011, reflecting heightened competition in an unprecedented low interest rate environment. Higher loan yields in 2011 were reflective of a greater amount of yield accretion associated with loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 during 2011 compared to 2012. During this same period, yields on our interest-bearing deposits held on deposit with other financial institutions decreased by 62 basis points to 0.59% in 2012 from 1.21% in 2011. Our yield on investments on the other hand increased by 40 basis points to 3.58% in 2012 compared with 3.18% in 2011. The unfavorable loan yield trend was also mitigated by a slight reduction in funding costs, primarily due to a 5 basis point decrease in rates paid on our interest-bearing liabilities. The reduction in our overall cost of funding was due primarily to a $41.7 million increase in average non-interest bearing demand deposit accounts ("DDAs") within our commercial bank that largely resulted from the Merger. Our cost of borrowings during 2012 was more than offset by a the recognition of the Merger related discount on a mortgage loan used to finance the Manhattan Beach branch when that loan was paid off in December 2012; this resulted in a $232 thousand offset to interest expense on borrowings.

38


Table of Contents

        The following table presents the weighted average yield on each specified category of interest-earning assets, the weighted average rate paid on each specified category of interest-bearing liabilities, the resulting interest rate spread, and the net interest margin for the periods indicated:

 
  ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  Average
Balance
  Interest
Income/
Expense
  Yield/
Cost
  Average
Balance
  Interest
Income/
Expense
  Yield/
Cost
  Average
Balance
  Interest
Income/
Expense
  Yield/
Cost
 

Interest-earning assets:

                                                       

Federal funds sold

  $ 32,014   $ 84     0.26 % $ 52,548   $ 123     0.23 % $ 7,451   $      

Deposits with other financial institutions

    3,031     18     0.59 %   9,155     111     1.21 %   16,540     258     1.56 %

Investments(a)

    7,784     279     3.58 %   10,871     346     3.18 %   6,603     123     1.86 %

Loans(b)

    282,183     16,113     5.71 %   178,798     15,330     8.57 %   26,297     1,704     6.48 %
                                             

Total interest-earning assets

    325,012     16,494     5.07 %   251,372     15,910     6.33 %   56,891     2,085     3.66 %
                                                   

Non-interest-earning assets

    39,690                 19,160                 3,472              
                                                   

Total assets

  $ 364,702               $ 270,532               $ 60,363              
                                                   

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                                                       

Demand

    13,016     10     0.08 %           0.00 %            

Savings and money market

    93,857     410     0.44 %   71,160     191     0.27 %   18,451     210     1.14 %

Certificates of deposit

    84,922     492     0.58 %   93,242     610     0.65 %   21,724     410     1.89 %

FHLB advances and other borrowings            

    11,598     (15 )   -0.13 %           0.00 %           0.00 %
                                             

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    203,393     897     0.44 %   164,402     801     0.49 %   40,175     620     1.54 %
                                                   

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits

    109,794                 68,133                 5,328              
                                                   

Total funding sources

    313,187           0.29 %   232,535           0.34 %   45,503           1.36 %

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

    5,373                 3,337                 855              

Shareholders' equity

    46,142                 34,660                 14,005              
                                                   

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 364,702               $ 270,532               $ 60,363              
                                                   

Excess of interest-earning assets over funding sources

  $ 11,825               $ 18,837               $ 11,388              
                                                   

Net interest income

        $ 15,597               $ 15,109               $ 1,465        
                                                   

Net interest rate spread

                4.78 %               5.99 %               2.30 %

Net interest margin

                4.80 %               6.01 %               2.58 %

(a)
Dividend income from the Bank's investment in Non-Marketable Stocks of approximately $94 thousand, $7 thousand, and $26 thousand December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, is included in investment income; however, the corresponding average balances are included in other assets.

(b)
The average balance of loans includes loans held for sale and loans held for investment and is calculated net of deferred loan fees/costs but includes non-accrual loans, if any, with a zero yield. Loan fees net of amortized costs were approximately $166 thousand, $8 thousand and $32 thousand in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

(c)
Spread is derived by subtracting the aggregate interest rate paid for deposits and borrowings from the interest yield on earning assets. Example: If a bank lends money at 6% and pays 1% on deposits and borrowings, its spread is 5%.

(d)
NIM is calculated by dividing net interest income by average earning assets. Net interest income is derived by subtracting interest expense from interest income.

        A volume and rate variance table is provided below which sets forth the dollar differences in interest income and expense for each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the periods indicated. The changes in interest income and expense associated with both rate and volume

39


Table of Contents

(change in rate times the change in volume) have been allocated to changes in rate and changes in volume based upon the absolute values of those respective changes.

 
  Rate/Volume Analysis of Net Interest Income
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2012 vs 2011   2011 vs 2010  
 
  Total   Rate   Volume   Total   Rate   Volume  

Interest income:                                            

                                     

Federal funds sold/ interest-bearing demand funds

  $ (39 ) $ (4 ) $ (35 ) $ 106   $ 3   $ 103  

Deposits with other financial institutions

    (93 )   (66 )   (27 )   (129 )   (58 )   (71 )

Investments

    (67 )   (7 )   (60 )   222     65     157  

Loans

    783     (10,290 )   11,073     13,626     2,695     10,931  
                           

Net increase (decrease)

    584     (10,367 )   10,951     13,825     2,705     11,120  
                           

Interest expense:

                                     

Interest bearing demand

    10     5     5              

Savings and money market

    218     60     158     (18 )   (306 )   288  

Certificates of deposit

    (117 )   (124 )   7     199     (664 )   863  

FHLB advances and other borrowings

    (15 )   (8 )   (7 )            
                           

Net increase (decrease)

    96     (67 )   163     181     (970 )   1,151  
                           

Total net increase (decrease)

  $ 488   $ (10,300 ) $ 10,788   $ 13,644   $ 3,675   $ 9,969  
                           

Provision for Loan Losses

        In order to determine the adequacy of our loan loss allowance to absorb probable future losses, management periodically assesses the need to replenish the Bank's loan loss allowance based on management's periodic review of the inherent credit risk in our held for investment loans.

        For the year ended December 31, 2012, our provision for loan losses totaled $1.2 million, compared with $2.7 million in 2011, a 56% decrease. Our risk factors were adjusted favorably in 2012 due to increased depth in managerial experience as well as improved loan reviews, as evidenced by external third-party reviews. Decreases in net charge-offs and decreases in loan balances more than 90 days past due also positively impacted the reserve requirements. Additionally, the loans acquired in the Merger were acquired at their fair value and were accounted for pursuant to ASC 310-20 and ASC 310-30, and as such did not require any further provision during 2012.

        The proportion of our loan portfolio rated "pass" remained consistent at 90% at December 31, 2012 compared to 89% at December 31, 2011. Consistent with industry practice, the Bank sets aside reserves for all loans held for investment, including performing new loans with no known credit issues. For a discussion of risk categories, see Note 4 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In 2012, the Company recorded net charge-offs of $1.1 million, compared with net charge-offs of $1.5 million in 2011, a 26% decrease.

        The Bank also maintains a reserve totaling $177 thousand for its off balance sheet exposure related to unfunded commitments. Consistent with industry practice, the Bank has established a contingent liability account for fraud, early payoffs and early payment defaults that may arise from mortgage loans sold to investors. This liability account was $366 thousand as of December 31, 2012.

40


Table of Contents

Non-Interest Income

        Non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $24.4 million and $2.3 million, respectively. This $22.1 million increase was due primarily to revenue provided by our mortgage division activity along with revenues generated by MCM.

        The following table reflects the major components of the Company's non-interest income:

 
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
  Increase (Decrease)  
 
  2012   2011   Amount   Percent  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Whole loan sales and warehouse lending fees

  $ 695   $   $ 695     100.0 %

Advisory income

    950         950     100.0 %

Trading income

    3,622         3,622     100.0 %

Mortgage banking, including gain on sale on loans held for sale

    15,923         15,923     100.0 %

Earnings on MIMS-1 limited partnership fund

    399         399     100.0 %

Other bank fees and income

    1,173     2,316     (1,143 )   -49.4 %

Rental income

    324     17     307     1805.9 %

Gain on recovery of acquired loans

    749         749     100.0 %

Gain on sale of securities

    529         529     100.0 %
                     

Total non-interest income

  $ 24,364   $ 2,333   $ 22,031     944.3 %
                     

        Following the Merger, our non-interest revenues include revenues generated from our mortgage division, which totaled $15.9 million in 2012. Our mortgage division began originating loans in the fourth quarter of 2010 but due to the accounting treatment in the Merger, these revenues are not reflected in the historic earnings of the Company prior to the Merger. The mortgage division revenue is a function of the volume of loan origination during the period beginning with the Merger through the end of the year, which totaled $653 million. The loans originated during 2012 were comprised of approximately 79% in loans made to refinance existing mortgages and 21% to finance the purchase of a home.

        For the year ended December 31, 2012, non-interest income from our commercial bank totaled $3.1 million, up $810 thousand (35%) from 2011. The increase was partly related to gains on the recovery of acquired loans totaling $755 thousand in 2012, where none were recognized in 2011. The increase was also related to incremental earnings from the Bank's participation in the MIMS-1 limited partnership fund, service charges on customer accounts and gains from the sale of investment securities. These increases were partially offset by decreases in banking service charges and other fees.

        Following the Merger, the Company generated revenues from MCM, which came from three primary sources: trading income, facilitating trades in whole loans between institutional clients, and advisory services regarding the evaluation and packaging of other institutions' bond portfolios. We no longer have these sources of revenue after the sale of the Company's interest in MCM effective November 9, 2012.

41


Table of Contents

        The following schedule summarizes loan related fees and income earned by our mortgage division for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2012
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Loss on rate lock commitments

  $ (789 )

Gain on forward sale commitments

    1,432  

Fair value adjustments on loans held for sale

    361  

Gain on sale of loans, including value of mortgage servicing rights

    15,915  

Change in fair value mortgage servicing rights

    (1,124 )

Servicing income

    438  

Servicing cost

    (103 )

Mortgage origination income

    32  

Mortgage administration fee income

    1,705  

Premiums paid for rate adjustments

    (2,773 )

Brokered loan income

    808  

Other income

    21  
       

  $ 15,923  
       

        Our mortgage division originates loans almost entirely for sale to external investors. Cash gains on loan sales totaled $11.6 million in 2012, representing 73% of our mortgage division's non-interest income. We recognize the value of the MSRs for those loans sold that we have retained the servicing at the time loans are sold, for which we capitalized a total of $4.4 million in 2012. As borrowers repay their loans or we make changes to any valuation assumptions in our MSR the value of the MSRs decrease; we recorded a total of $1.1 million in decreases to the MSRs during 2012.

        In order to mitigate interest rate risk, the Bank typically locks interest rates on loans held for sale at fair value prior to funding while simultaneously locking a price to sell the loans to investors. According to relevant accounting guidance, rate lock commitments with borrowers are derivatives and must be recorded at fair value. The Bank recorded a $789 thousand decrease in the fair value of its rate lock commitments reflecting a gain position of $1.1 million on a notional amount of $96.7 million in rate lock commitments as of December 31, 2012 from a gain position of $1.9 million on a notional amount of $105.7 million in rate lock commitments at the date of the Merger. The loss related to the decrease in fair value of rate lock commitments is included in the Company's mortgage banking income under non interest income in the statements of operations. The fair value of the rate lock commitments are included in the Company's other assets in the statements of condition.

        All mandatory obligations to sell or purchase loans at a specific price in the future are considered to be derivatives and must be recorded at value. The Bank recorded an increase in the fair value of its forward commitments of $1.4 million, reflecting a net gain position of $19 thousand on a notional amount of $161.5 million in forward commitments as of December 31, 2012 from a loss position of $1.4 million on a notional amount of $128.7 million in forward commitments at the date of the Merger. The gain related to the increase in fair value of forward commitments is included in the Company's mortgage banking income under non interest income in the statements of operations. The fair value of the forward commitments that were in a gain position are included in the Company's other assets in the statements of condition and totaled $254 thousand at December 31, 2012 and the fair value of the forward commitments that are in a loss position are included in the Company's other liabilities in the statements of condition and totaled $235 thousand at December 31, 2012.A fair value gain of $368 thousand was recorded related to loans held for sale at fair value, which primarily relates to the increase in the amount of loans held for sale since the Merger.

42


Table of Contents

        For mortgage loans sold, the Bank has established a contingency reserve in the event the Bank is required to repurchase a sold loan and incurs a loss in the process of collecting those loans. During 2012 the Bank increased this reserve by $247 thousand, which totaled $362 thousand at December 31, 2012. The Bank did not experience any losses during 2012 for loans that it had sold in the past.

Non-Interest Expense

        Non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $38.0 million and $14.8 million, respectively, an increase of $23.2 million (157%). Most of the $23.2 million increase in non-interest expenses was driven by growth in the Company's staffing levels due to the Merger, including the increase in infrastructure to support expansions in our mortgage and commercial divisions. The Company also experienced increases in other categories of non-interest expense that were largely the result of the Merger.

        The following table lists the major components of the Company's non-interest expense:

 
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
  Increase (Decrease)  
 
  2012   2011   Amount   Percent  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
   
 

Compensation and benefits

  $ 25,005   $ 6,772   $ 18,233     269 %

Occupancy and equipment

    2,724     1,404     1,320     94 %

Technology and communication

    2,592     1,290     1,302     101 %

Professional fees

    4,025     2,594     1,431     55 %

FDIC insurance and regulatory assessments

    509     285     224     79 %

Amortization of intangibles

    445     473     (28 )   -6 %

Other non-interest expenses

    2,699     1,944     755     39 %
                     

Total non-interest expense

  $ 37,999   $ 14,762   $ 23,237     157 %
                     

        Four expense categories comprised 90% and 82%, of the Company's operating expenses in 2012 and 2011, respectively: compensation and benefits, occupancy and equipment, technology and communication, and professional fees. These four expense categories, which totaled $34.3 million in 2012, increased by $22.3 million (185%) compared with 2011 and accounted for almost all of the total increase in our non-interest expenses in 2012 compared with 2011.

Compensation and Benefits

        Compensation and benefits expense totaled $25.0 million and $6.8 million in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. These expenses comprised 66% and 46% of total non-interest expenses in 2012 and 2011, respectively, the largest category of operating expenses.

        Compensation and benefits expense grew by $18.2 million (269%) in 2012 compared with 2011. These increases primarily reflected growth in the Company's staffing levels due to the Merger and to support planned expansions in both our mortgage division and, to a lesser extent, commercial division. The

43


Table of Contents

following table provides a breakdown of the Company's compensation expense by operating segments for the years ended 2012 and 2011.

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Variance  
Compensation Expense by Operating Segment
  2012   2011   Amount   Percent  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
 

Commercial Bank

  $ 9,472   $ 6,772   $ 2,700     40 %

Mortgage Bank

    10,947         10,947     100 %
                     

Total Bank

    20,419     6,772     13,647     202 %

MCM

    4,508         4,508     100 %

Other

    78         78     100 %
                     

Total compensation expense

  $ 25,005   $ 6,772   $ 18,233     269 %
                     

 

 
  December 31,   Increase  
Number of Employees by Operating Segment
  2012   2011   Number   Percent  
 
  (unaudited)
   
 

Commercial Bank

    78     50     28     56.0 %

Mortgage Bank

    110         110     100.0 %
                     

Total employees

    188     50     138     276.0 %
                     

Occupancy and Equipment

        Occupancy and equipment costs, which totaled $2.7 million and $1.4 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. These expenses, which comprised 7% and 10% of total operating expenses in 2012 and 2011, respectively, increased by $1.3 million (94%) in 2012 compared with the prior year. This increase primarily reflected the additional offices acquired in the Merger along with the requisite growth in the Company's infrastructure to support expansions in our mortgage and commercial divisions.

Technology and Communication

        Technology and communication expense, which totaled $2.6 million and $1.3 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively, comprised 7% and 9% of the Company's total operating expenses in 2012 and 2011, respectively. These expenses increased by $1.3 million (101%) in 2012 compared with the prior year. These increases primarily reflected the additional cost of operations acquired in the Merger and the requisite growth in the Company's infrastructure to support expansions in our mortgage division and, to a lesser extent, commercial division.

Professional Fees

        Professional fees, which totaled $4.0 million and $2.6 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively, comprised 11% and 18% of the Company's total operating expenses during these same respective periods. This category of expense increased by $1.4 million (55%) in 2012 compared with the prior year, primarily due to outlays for professional services related to various strategic initiatives undertaken by the Company, including approximately $1.2 million related to the Merger and $34 thousand related to the sale of the Company's interest in MCM.

Segment Information

        The Company segregates its operations into four primary segments: mortgage division operations ("Mortgage Division"), commercial banking operations ("Commercial Division"), non-banking financial operations ("MCM") and "Other", which includes the holding company, MBFS and eliminations between

44


Table of Contents

the Company's bank and non-bank segments. Internal financial information is used to report the financial position and operating results of each of these segments. The accounting policies of the individual segments are the same as those of the Company. Operating results by business segment are presented in the following table. The Company added the mortgage division as a result of the Merger and the reported results of operations only include the seven months in 2012 since the Merger. As a result of the Merger and the sale of MBFS, the operating results provided for MCM and MBFS only reflect the five months in 2012 of operations from the Merger through the sale of MBFS on November 9, 2012, which for accounting purposes was effective on October 31, 2012.

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net interest income, after loan loss provision:

             

Commercial Division

  $ 13,270   $ 12,392  

Mortgage Division

    1,207      
           

Total Bank

    14,477     12,392  

MCM

    (83 )    

Other

         
           

Total net interest income, after loan loss provision

  $ 14,394   $ 12,392  
           

Non-interest income:

             

Commercial Division

  $ 3,161   $ 2,333  

Mortgage Division

    15,923      
           

Total Bank

    19,084     2,333  

MCM

    5,878      

Other

    (598 )    
           

Total non-interest income

  $ 24,364   $ 2,333  
           

Total revenue:

             

Commercial Division

  $ 18,355   $ 18,243  

Mortgage Division

    17,482      

Intra-company eliminations

    (352 )    
           

Total Bank

    35,485     18,243  

MCM

    5,970      

Other

    (597 )    
           

Total revenue

  $ 40,858   $ 18,243  
           

Segment profit (loss):

             

Commercial Division

  $ (1,597 ) $ (239 )

Mortgage Division

    2,661      
           

Total Bank

    1,064     (239 )

MCM

    (175 )    

Other

    (150 )    
           

Total segment profit (loss)

  $ 739   $ (239 )
           

        The differences in the results of the Commercial Division for 2012 as compared to 2011 are largely related to the Merger. Net interest income after the provision for loan losses increased due to the addition of earning assets, partially offset by the addition of interest-bearing liabilities, in the Merger. Similarly, the increases in the commercial bank's non-interest income and revenue are also related to the increased

45


Table of Contents

balance sheet and customer base resulting from the Merger. The Company did not have a mortgage division or MCM segment in 2011, which were both acquired in the Merger, thus the changes in these segment line items are entirely as a result of the Merger.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Assets

        Assets at December 31, 2012 totaled $465.4 million, up $226.0 million from December 31, 2011. The significant increase in the Company's assets was driven almost entirely by the Merger.

Time Deposits at Other Financial Institutions and Investment Securities

        The Bank invests in time deposits with other financial institutions as well as investment securities primarily to:

    Provide the necessary liquidity to fund the Company's operations and meet its obligations and other commitments on a timely and cost efficient basis;

    Mitigate the Company's interest rate risk; and

    Generate interest income, albeit subject to the Company's liquidity needs, credit limits, and interest rate risk strategy.

        We absorbed a significant portion of our loan growth by redeploying cash from our interest-bearing deposits and investment securities into funding loans. As a result, our interest-bearing deposits and investment securities decreased by $9.8 million (19%) to $42.4 million at December 31, 2012, compared with $52.2 million at December 31, 2011.

Time Deposits at Other Financial Institutions

        Our time deposit investments generally have terms of less than two years and are placed with financial institutions in amounts that are fully insured by the FDIC. As of December 31, 2012, the weighted average yield for the time deposits was 0.11% with a weighted average remaining life of approximately 1 month. As of December 31, 2011, the weighted average yield for the time deposits was 1.0% with a weighted average life of approximately five months.

46


Table of Contents

Investment Securities

        As reflected in the following table, our securities portfolio as of December 31, 2012 consists primarily of securities issued by the U.S. government and government sponsored agencies (GSEs), as well as private label mortgage-backed securities.

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  Fair
Value
  Percent of
Total
  Fair
Value
  Percent of
Total
  Fair
Value
  Percent of
Total
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Available for Sale

                                     

U.S. government treasury securities

  $       $       $ 2,002     14.8 %

U.S. government and agency securities Debentures

            1,518     16.0 %   2,604     19.3 %

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    7,000     83.7 %   1,983     21.0 %   2,767     20.5 %

Private label mortgage-backed securities

    1,364     16.3 %                

Municipal Securities

            5,959     63.0 %   6,131     45.4 %
                           

Totals

  $ 8,364     100.0 % $ 9,460     100.0 % $ 13,504     100.0 %
                           

        The following table reflects our investment securities at their amortized cost and estimated fair value with gross unrealized gains and losses at December 31, 2012.

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Available-for-sale securities:

                         

U.S. government and agency securities:

  $   $   $   $  

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    6,942     59     (1 )   7,000  

Private label mortgage-backed securities

    1,310     54         1,364  
                   

Total available-for-sale securities

  $ 8,252   $ 113   $ (1 ) $ 8,364  
                   

        Our private label mortgage-backed securities ("MBS"), which totaled $1.4 million, had a net unrealized gain of $54 thousand or 4.1% of their book values as of December 31, 2012. Of this, two securities totaling $213 thousand were rated investment grade and had no unrealized gain or loss and two securities totaling $1.2 million were rated below investment grade and had an unrealized gain of $54 thousand or 4.7% of their book values. At December 31, 2012, there were no securities issued by one issuer which exceeded 10% of our equity.

        The amortized cost, estimated fair value, and average yield of our debt securities at December 31, 2012 are shown by expected maturity period in the table below. The weighted average yields are based on the estimated effective yields at period end. The estimated effective yields are computed based on interest income at the coupon interest rate, adjusted for the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.

47


Table of Contents

Mortgage-backed securities are classified according to their estimated lives. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to prepay their obligations.

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Weighted
Average
Yield
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Available-for-sale securities:

                   

Due in One Year or Less

  $ 2,205   $ 2,226     0.94 %

Due from One Year to Five Years

    5,336     5,690     2.12 %

Due from Five Years to Ten Years

    378     382     2.31 %

Due after Ten Years

    333     336     5.02 %
                 

Totals

  $ 8,252   $ 8,634     1.94 %
                 

        Net unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities of $112 thousand and $483 thousand at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were included in accumulated other comprehensive income.

        During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company sold $4.5 million in securities at a gain of $529 thousand. There were no sales during 2011.

        For additional information regarding the composition, maturities and yields of the security portfolio as of December 31, 2012, see Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement in Item 8 of this document.

Loans

        We offer a broad range of products designed to meet the credit needs of our borrowers. Our lending activities consist of residential mortgage loans, commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans, residential 1-4 family loans, real estate construction loans and other consumer loans.

        Net loans totaled $371.0 million at December 31, 2012, up $204.7 million (123%) from December 31, 2011. The majority of this growth was a result of the Merger, including loans generated by our mortgage division, as reflected by the $96.0 million increase in loans held for sale compared with none at December 31, 2011. Loans held for investment, which were generated by our commercial bank, grew by $108.7 million (64%) compared with December 31, 2011.

Residential Mortgage Loans

        Our mortgage division originates residential real estate mortgage loans with the intent to sell the majority of such loans to qualified investors. It also purchases existing funded residential real estate mortgage loans from qualified institutions with the intent to resell these loans to qualified investors. The Bank underwrites all purchased loans for credit and regulatory compliance prior to acquisition to ensure each loan is eligible for sale to government agencies or GSEs. Our mortgage division typically sells the loans it originates or purchases within 30 days of funding. The Company uses hedging programs to manage the interest rate risk of its secondary marketing activities.

Commercial Bank Loans

        Our commercial bank extends credit to its customers in the form of commercial loans and lines of credit, commercial real estate, residential real estate, and consumer loans, as summarized below.

48


Table of Contents

        Commercial and Industrial (C&I) loans:    C&I loans include loans, lines of credit, and letters of credit for commercial and corporate purposes. C&I loans, which are underwritten for a variety of purposes, generally are secured by accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, machinery, and other business assets. Commercial term loans typically have maturities of four years or less as well as interest rates that float in accordance with a designated published index. Commercial lines of credit generally have one-year terms and interest rates that float in accordance with a designated published index. Substantially all of the Bank's C&I loans are secured by the personal guarantees of the business owners. C&I loans are underwritten based on an evaluation of the borrower's ability to operate and expand the borrower's business prudently and profitably. Historic and projected cash flows are analyzed to determine the borrower's ability to repay their obligations as agreed. The creditworthiness of C&I loans is based primarily on the expected cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. However, the actual cash flows from borrowers may differ significantly from projected amounts and the collateral securing these loans may materially fluctuate in value.

        Commercial real estate loans:    Commercial real estate loans are secured primarily by apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, warehouses, small retail shopping centers and various special-purpose properties (e.g., restaurants, etc.). Although terms vary, commercial real estate loans generally have amortization periods of 25 to 30 years, balloon payments of five to ten years, and terms which provide that the interest rates thereon may be adjusted at least annually after the fixed-rate period, typically three to ten years, based on a designated index. Commercial real estate and multifamily real estate loan underwriting standards are governed by the Bank's loan policies in place at the time the loan is approved. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and repayment of these loans is generally largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Commercial real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the Bank's commercial real estate portfolio are diverse in terms of type and geographic location.

        Residential 1 - 4 family real estate loans:    Compared with typical commercial loans, residential real estate loans are generally comprised of smaller loans which have more homogenous characteristics. These loans typically have 30-year maturities, with a fixed rate of interest for the first five years and an adjustable interest rate thereafter, based on a designated index. Changes in real property values and employment status of the borrower are key risk factors that may impact the collectability of these loans, along with the condition of collateral foreclosed.

        Real estate construction loans:    Construction loans consist of real estate that is in the process of improvement. Repayment of these loans may be dependent on the sale of the property to third parties or the successful completion of the improvements by the builder for the end user. Construction loans also run the risk that improvements will not be completed on time or in accordance with specifications and projected costs. Construction loans generally have terms of one year to eighteen months consistent with the anticipated construction period and interest rates based on a designated index. Substantially all construction loans have built in interest reserve accounts.

        Other loans:    These loans are primarily home equity line of credit loans, overdrafts and consumer loans.

        Commitments and Letters of Credit:    In the ordinary course of business, the Company may enter into commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they become payable.

49


Table of Contents

        The following tables summarize the composition of our loans held for investment:

 
  December 31,    
   
   
   
 
 
  2012   2011   2010   2009  
 
  Amount
Outstanding
  Percentage
of Total
  Amount
Outstanding
  Percentage
of Total
  Amount
Outstanding
  Percentage
of Total
  Amount
Outstanding
  Percentage
of Total
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
   
   
   
   
 

Commercial

  $ 72,599     26.2 % $ 46,474     27.5 % $ 48,365     22.9 % $ 6,053     35.9 %

Commercial real estate

    144,559     52.1 %   98,934     58.6 %   124,793     59.0 %   6,281     37.2 %

Residential real estate

    55,250     19.9 %   20,907     12.4 %   23,134     10.9 %   4,501     26.7 %

Real estate—construction

    1,873     0.7 %   35     0.1 %   11,937     5.7 %        

Other

    3,162     1.1 %   2,386     1.4 %   3,335     1.6 %   37     0.2 %
                                   

Total loans, including net loan costs

    277,443     100.0 %   168,736     100.0 %   211,564     100.0 %   16,872     100.0 %
                                           

Allowance for loan losses

    (2,414 )         (2,355 )         (1,178 )         (254 )      
                                           

Net loans

  $ 275,029         $ 166,381         $ 210,386         $ 16,618        
                                           

        As reflected in the above tables, our commercial loans and commercial real estate ("CRE") loans have historically comprised the majority of our commercial bank's total loan portfolios, representing 78.3% of total loans held for investment as of December 31, 2012.

        We do not have loans to foreign entities. In addition, we have not made loans to finance leveraged buyouts or for highly leveraged transactions. We do not have any concentrations in our commercial loan portfolio by industry or group of industries, except for the level of commercial loans that are secured by real estate. The following table provides a breakdown of our CRE portfolio by type of loan.


Composition of Commercial Real Estate Loans
As of December 31, 2012
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Principal
balance(a)
  Percentage of
total loans
 

Owner occupied

  $ 63,711     23.0 %

Investor

             

Industrial

    24,955     9.0 %

Mixed use

    12,013     4.3 %

Office

    13,110     4.7 %

Retail

    26,337     9.5 %

Other

    4,433     1.6 %
             

Total investor

    80,848     29.1 %
             

Total

  $ 144,559     52.1 %
             

        Of the gross loans held for investment outstanding as of December 31, 2012, approximately 77% had adjustable rates that adjust daily based on changes in the nationally published prime rate. As reflected in the table below, 45% of these loans were due in one year or less, 25% were due in one to five years, and 30% were due after 5 years. As is customary in the banking industry, loans can be renewed by mutual agreement between borrower and the Company. Because we are unable to accurately estimate the extent

50


Table of Contents

to which our borrowers will renew their loans, the following table of commercial loan maturities is based on contractual maturities of each loan.

 
  Maturing    
 
 
  Within
One Year
  One to
Five Years
  After Five
Years
  Total  
 
  (unaudited, in thousands)
 

Commercial

  $ 55,782   $ 9,962   $ 6,855   $ 72,599  

Commercial real estate

    29,962     57,029     57,568     144,559  

Residential real estate

    10,372     14,017     30,861     55,250  

Real estate—construction

    1,782     54     37     1,873  

Other

    1,499     1,663         3,162  
                   

Total, excluding deferred loan fees

  $ 99,397   $ 82,725   $ 95,321   $ 277,443  
                   

Loans with pre-determined interest rates

  $ 3,207   $ 28,144   $ 31,752   $ 63,103  

Loans with floating or adjustable rates

    96,190     54,581     63,569     214,340  
                   

Total

  $ 99,397   $ 82,725   $ 95,321   $ 277,443  
                   

        See Note 4 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information relative to the credit quality of the Company's loans held for investment.

Off-Balance Sheet Credit Commitments and Contingent Obligations

        We enter into or may issue financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financial needs of our customers. In both 2012 and 2011, these instruments primarily consisted of undisbursed loan commitments and forward buy/sell contracts, as discussed in more detail below. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses which may require payment of a fee.

Commercial Bank Instruments With Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company's commercial bank enters into financial commitments to meet the financing needs of its customers, primarily through commitments to extend credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk not recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        The Company's exposure to loan loss in the event of nonperformance on commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for loans reflected in its consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2012, there were $63.4 million in undisbursed commercial loan commitments whose contractual amounts represent credit risk.

        The Company's reserve for commercial loan commitments totaled $177 thousand and $581 thousand as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Mortgage Bank Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

        In order to mitigate interest rate risk, the Bank typically locks interest rates on loans prior to funding while simultaneously locking a price to sell the loans to investors. According to relevant accounting guidance, rate lock commitments with borrowers are derivatives and must be recorded at fair value. The Bank recorded a $789 thousand decrease in the fair value of its rate lock commitments reflecting a gain position of $1.1 million on a notional amount of $96.7 million in rate lock commitments as of December 31, 2012 from a gain position of $1.9 million on a notional amount of $105.7 million in rate lock commitments at the date of the Merger. The loss related to the decrease in fair value of rate lock

51


Table of Contents

commitments is included in the Company's mortgage banking income under non-interest income in the statements of operations. The fair value of the rate lock commitments are included in the Company's other assets in the statements of condition.

        All mandatory obligations to sell or purchase loans at a specific price in the future are considered to be derivatives and must be recorded at value. The Bank recorded an increase in the fair value of its forward commitments of $1.4 million, reflecting a net gain position of $19 thousand on a notional amount of $161.5 million in forward commitments as of December 31, 2012 from a loss position of $1.4 million on a notional amount of $128.7 million in forward commitments at the date of the Merger. The gain related to the increase in fair value of forward commitments is included in the Company's mortgage banking income under non-interest income in the statements of operations. The fair value of the forward commitments that were in a gain position are included in the Company's other assets in the statements of condition and totaled $254 thousand at December 31, 2012 and the fair value of the forward commitments that are in a loss position are included in the Company's other liabilities in the statements of condition and totaled $235 thousand at December 31, 2012.

        See Notes 15 and 20 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Company's off-balance sheet risk.

Non-Performing Assets

        The accrual of interest on loans typically is discontinued and the loan is placed on non-accrual status at the time the loan becomes 90-days delinquent. In some cases, loans can be placed on non-accrual status or be charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

        Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans and other real estate owned ("OREO"). Non-performing loans are (i) loans which have been placed on non-accrual status; (ii) loans which are contractually past-due 90 days or more with respect to principal or interest, have not been restructured or placed on non-accrual status, and are accruing interest; and (iii) troubled debt restructurings. OREO is comprised of real estate acquired in satisfaction of a loan either through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure.

        As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, non-performing loans, excluding those accounted for under ASC 310-30, consisted of non-accrual loans held for investment totaling $1.8 million, $2.4 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The $1.8 million in non-accrual loans at December 31, 2012 includes $330 thousand in troubled debt restructurings that are non-accrual loans. At December 31, 2012 and 2011 the Company had one property that had been foreclosed upon in satisfaction of a loan, which has been written down to the estimated collection value net of selling costs of $3.6 million. At December 31, 2010 the Company had two properties that had been foreclosed upon in satisfaction of loans, which were written down to the estimated collection value net of selling costs of $1.4 million. The Company had no non-performing assets at December 31, 2009.

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Loans on nonaccrual status

  $ 1,497   $ 2,448   $ 1,366  

Loans accruing past 90 days

        21     2,621  

Troubled debt restructurings

    330     2,391     1,350  
               

Total non-performing loans

    1,827     4,860     5,337  

Other real estate owned

    3,581     3,581     1,447  
               

Total non-performing assets

  $ 5,408   $ 8,441   $ 6,784  
               

52


Table of Contents

        The non-performing loans held for investment were current as of December 31, 2012, with the exception of one $535 thousand loan that is 75 days past due. The loans have been placed on non-accrual status and deemed to be credit impaired with no specific loan loss.

        A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The table below reflects the Company's impaired loans as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. There were no impaired loans as of December 31, 2009.

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance
  Recorded
Investment
  Allowance for
Loan Losses
Allocated
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance
  Recorded
Investment
  Allowance for
Loan Losses
Allocated
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

With no related allowance recorded:

                                     

Commercial

  $ 1,245   $ 1,245   $   $ 937   $ 937   $  

Commercial real estate

    246     246                  

Residential real estate

    326     326         244     244      

Other

    10     10         59     59      
                           

Subtotal

    1,827     1,827         1,240     1,240      

With an allowance recorded:

                                     

Commercial

                1,208     1,208     627  
                           

Subtotal

                1,208     1,208     627  
                           

Totals

  $ 1,827   $ 1,827   $   $ 2,448   $ 2,448   $ 627  
                           

 

 
  2010  
 
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance
  Recorded
Investment
  Allowance for
Loan Losses
Allocated
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

With no related allowance recorded:

                   

Commercial

  $   $   $  

Commercial real estate

             

Residential real estate

             

Other

             
               

Subtotal

             

With an allowance recorded:

                   

Commercial

    1,300     1,300     395  

Commercial real estate

             

Residential real estate

             

Other

    66     66     14  
               

Subtotal

    1,366     1,366     409  
               

Totals

  $ 1,366   $ 1,366   $ 409  
               

        TDRs, which are described in Note 1 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, also are classified as impaired. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had four TDRs for which the required payment period was extended by six months to one year and their interest rates were increased by 1.5% to 2.0%. All TDRs were current in principal and interest payments due as of December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2011, there were six TDRs, which totaled $2.8 million. The TDRs resulted from concessions

53


Table of Contents

being provided to the client in order to assist them with repayment. There was no principal forgiven on troubled debt restructurings in 2012, 2011 or 2010. The reduction in total TDRs in 2012 compared to 2011 was the result of loan payoffs. There are no commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers whose terms have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring. There were no troubled debt restructurings at December 31, 2009.

Allowance for Loan Losses and Credit Quality

        The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable losses embedded in the Bank's existing loan portfolios as of the measurement date. In order to determine the adequacy of our loan loss allowance to absorb future losses, management performs periodic credit reviews of the loan portfolio. In so doing, management considers current economic conditions, historical credit loss experiences and other factors. Although management uses the best information available to make these estimates, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary due to changes in economic, operating, and regulatory conditions, most of which are beyond the Company's control. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management's judgment, should be charged off.

        We categorize loans into various risk categories and employ a 10-point grading system to assess the inherent quality of our loan portfolio. Our risk categories and grading system are described in more detail in Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

        The following table provides a breakdown of the allowance for loan losses as of the end of the years indicated along with the total amount of the loans in that category shown as a percent of total loans:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010   2009  
 
  Allowance   Loan
Balance as
a Percent
of Total
Loans
  Allowance   Loan
Balance as
a Percent
of Total
Loans
  Allowance   Loan
Balance as
a Percent
of Total
Loans
  Allowance   Loan
Balance as
a Percent
of Total
Loans
 

Commercial

  $ 1,308     26.17 %   1,813     71.02 % $ 748     23.00 % $ 91     35.90 %

Commercial real estate

    758     52.10 %   355     27.54 %   429     69.90 %   94     37.20 %

Residential real estate

    112     19.91 %   75     0.00 %       0.00 %   68     26.70 %

Real estate—construction

    22     0.68 %       0.02 %       5.60 %       0.00 %

Other

    214     1.14 %   112     1.42 %   1     1.50 %   1     0.20 %
                                   

Total

  $ 2,414     100.00 % $ 2,355     100.00 % $ 1,178     100.00 % $ 254     100.00 %
                                   

        At December 31, 2012, the Company's allowance for loan losses totaled $2.4 million or 0.87% of gross loans held for investment, compared with $2.4 million or 1.4% of gross loans held for investment at December 31, 2011.

        As of December 31, 2012, 60% of our total allowance is for commercial and commercial real estate loans, which comprised 78% of total loans held for investment. This compares with December 31, 2011, at which time these same loan portfolios comprised 97% of our total allowance and 99% of total loans held for investment.

54


Table of Contents

        During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recognized net charge-offs of $1.1 million, representing approximately 0.40% of the Company's average gross loan portfolio. Consistent with industry practice, the Bank sets aside reserves for all loans held for investment, including performing new loans with no known credit issues. The following table summarizes changes in our allowance for loan losses as well as the Company's loan loss experience for the periods indicated.

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  For the Period
March 9
(Inception) to
December 31,

 
 
  2012   2011   2010   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance, beginning of period

  $ 2,355   $ 1,178   $ 254   $  

Charged off loans

                         

Commercial

    1,133     1,129         20  

Commercial real estate

        254          

Residential real estate held for investment

        59          

Other

    12     98          
                   

Total charge-offs

    1,145     1,540         20  
                   

Recoveries of previously charged off loans

                         

Commercial

                 

Commercial real estate

            20      

Residential real estate held for investment

                 

Real estate—construction

                 

Other

    1              
                   

Total recoveries

    1         20      
                   

Net charge-offs

    (1,144 )   (1,540 )   20     (20 )
                   

Total Provision

    1,203     2,717     904     274  
                   

Balance, end of period

  $ 2,414   $ 2,355   $ 1,178   $ 254  
                   

Net charge-offs to total loans

    -0.41 %   -0.91 %   0.01 %   -0.12 %

Allowance for loan losses to toal loans at end of year

    0.87 %   1.40 %   0.56 %   1.51 %

        For the year ended December 31, 2012, our provision for loan losses totaled $1.2 million, compared with $2.7 million in 2011. This year's reduced provision was driven primarily by improved credit performance. The 2011 provision of $2.7 million, or 26% more than provisions recorded in 2012, was primarily due to higher charge-offs. Our risk factors were adjusted favorably in 2012 due to increased depth in managerial experience as well as improved loan reviews, as evidenced by external third-party reviews. Additionally, the loans acquired in the Merger were acquired at their fair value pursuant to ASC 310-20 and ASC 310-30, and as such did not require any further provision during 2012.

Potential Problem Loans

        The Company classifies loans consistent with federal banking regulations using a nine category grading system. Our potential problem loans consisted of 14 loans and totaled approximately $14.5 million at December 31, 2012, compared to $6.1 million at December 31, 2011. The potential problem loans at December 31, 2012 consist primarily of loans that the Bank is attempting to obtain current financial

55


Table of Contents

information from in order to evaluate risk. The following table presents information regarding potential problem loans, consisting of loans graded watch, substandard, doubtful and loss, but still performing:

 
  At December 31, 2012  
 
  Number
of Loans
  Loan
Balance
  Percent   Percent of
Total Net Loans
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Construction and land development

              0.00 %   0.00 %

Commercial real estate

    6     6,813     46.77 %   2.45 %

Residential real estate

    1     872     5.99 %   0.31 %

Commercial and industrial

    7     6,882     47.24 %   2.48 %

Other

            0.00 %   0.00 %
                   

Total

    14   $ 14,567     100.00 %   5.25 %
                   

Mortgage Servicing Rights

        As of December 31, 2012,we had $5.1 million in MSRs. We acquired MSRs totaling $1.9 million as a part of the Merger, which increased by $4.4 million due to loans sold with servicing retained that was partially offset by a decrease of $1.2 million due to loan pay offs. MSRs are initially recorded at fair value. The fair value of servicing assets is determined based on the present value of estimated net future cash flows related to contractually-specified servicing fees. The primary determinants of the fair value of MSRs are prepayment speeds and discount rates. Published industry standards are used to derive market-based assumptions. Changes in the assumption used may have a significant impact on the valuation of mortgage servicing assets. Evaluation of impairment is performed on a quarterly basis. We record MSRs for loans sold for which servicing has been retained by the Company when it securitizes loans with the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC" or "Freddie Mac"); the Company uses a third party sub-servicer to service these loans.

        There was no impairment of mortgage servicing rights during 2012.

Deposits and Borrowed Funds

        The Company's deposits at December 31, 2012 totaled $383.3 million, up $182.2 million (91%) compared with year-end 2011. Most of the increase in deposits resulted from the Merger. The following table sets forth the amount of deposits outstanding by category at December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 
  December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011  
 
  Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Non-interest bearing deposits

  $ 125,254     32.7 % $ 70,188     34.9 %

Interest bearing demand

    15,156     4.0 %   10,480     5.2 %

Savings and money market

    146,042     38.1 %   62,678     31.2 %

Certificate of deposit less than $100,000

    21,079     5.5 %   25,949     12.9 %

Certificate of deposit $100,000 and over

    75,800     19.8 %   31,857     15.8 %
                       

Total deposits

  $ 383,331     100.0 % $ 201,152     100.0 %
                       

56


Table of Contents

        As of December 31, 2012, certificates of deposit comprised 25% of the Company's total deposits, of which 78% of had balances of $100,000 or more and 57% had maturities of three months or less.

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Less than
$100,000
  Greater Than or
Equal to $100,000
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Three months or less

  $ 11,323   $ 43,551   $ 54,874  

Over three and through twelve months

    8,371     19,604     27,975  

Over twelve months

    1,385     12,645     14,030  
               

Total

  $ 21,079   $ 75,800   $ 96,879  
               

        As of December 31, 2012, borrowings totaled $19.5 million. There were no outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2011, 2010 or 2009. The Bank utilizes short-term and long-term advances from the FHLB as a funding source. The maximum amount the Bank may borrow under this arrangement is limited to the lesser of a percentage of eligible collateral or 25% of the Bank's total assets. The Company had one outstanding long-term advance for $4.5 million at December 31, 2012, which matures on June 27, 2013 and bears a fixed rate of 4.38%. As a result of the Merger, we adjusted the carrying value of this long-term advance to reflect the market rates at the time, which was a discount that totaled $90 thousand at December 31, 2012 and is being accreted to interest expense over the remaining term of the advance. Based on eligible collateral available as of December 31, 2012, the Company's total borrowing capacity from the FHLB was $95.8 million. FHLB short-term advances as of December 31, 2012 were $15.0 million. FHLB advances are collateralized by loans with unpaid principal balances of $194.7 million and a market value of $192.6 million (as determined by the FHLB) and securities with a market value of $0.9 million.

        At December 31, 2012, the scheduled maturity of the Company's FHLB long-term advance follows:

 
   
  Interest    
 
  Amount   Rate   Type   Maturity Date
 
  (in thousands)
   
   
   

  $ 4,500     4.38 % Fixed   6/27/2013
                   

  $ 4,500              
                   

        The following table reflects the Company's short-term borrowings for the periods indicated:

 
  End of Period    
  Average  
 
  Maximum Month-
end Outstanding
Balance during the
Period
 
 
  Balance
Outstanding
  Rate   Balance
Outstanding
  Rate  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

2012

                               

Short term FHLB advances and other borrowings

  $ 15,000     0.28 % $ 40,000   $ 6,398     0.26 %

Liquidity and Liquidity Management

        The adequacy of the Company's liquidity is favorably reflected in its interest-bearing overnight deposit balances at a level that would cushion unexpected increases in loans or decreases in customer deposits. During 2012, we had an average balance of $32 million in interest-bearing overnight deposit balances, representing 10% of our average assets. During 2011, we had an average balance of $54.6 million in interest-bearing overnight deposit balances, representing 22% of our average assets.

        As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, liquid assets represented 11% and 35% of our total deposits, respectively. Liquid assets include cash, federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits in other financial

57


Table of Contents

institutions, and available-for-sale investment securities that have not been pledged as collateral. The decline in this ratio reflects the redeployment of liquid assets in higher-yielding loans, primarily generated by our mortgage division. The 11% ratio at year-end 2012 was deemed adequate for managing the Company's liquidity.

        While liquidity has not been a major concern in either 2012 or 2011, management has established secondary sources of liquidity in addition to the previously noted borrowing capacity at the FHLB. At present, the Company maintains a line of credit totaling $17 million with correspondent banks for obtaining overnight funds. (These lines are subject to availability and have restrictions as to the number of days funds can be used each month.) Another method that the Bank currently has available for acquiring additional deposits is through the use of "reciprocal brokered deposits" through the CDARS program. No reciprocal deposits through CDARS were outstanding as of December 31, 2012 or 2011.

        The Bank monitors concentrations of funds which are provided by a single investor or from a single related source on a monthly basis to assist in its assessment of liquidity. As of December 31, 2012 there were four relationships representing approximately 16% of the Company's total deposits, excluding brokered deposits.

Regulatory Capital

        Under regulatory capital adequacy guidelines, capital adequacy is measured (1) as a percentage of risk-adjusted assets in which risk percentages are applied to assets on the balance sheet as well as off-balance sheet, such as unused loan commitments and standby letters of credit, and (2) as a percentage of the most recent quarter's average tangible assets. The guidelines require that a portion of total capital be core, or Tier 1, capital consisting of common shareholder's equity after removing the effects of unrealized gain or loss on available-for-sale securities. Total capital consists of other elements, primarily allowance for loan losses.

        As discussed in Note 16 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, our capital exceeded the minimum regulatory requirements and exceeded the regulatory definition required to be "well capitalized" as defined in the regulations issued by our regulatory agencies.

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

        Not applicable for smaller reporting companies.

58


Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

59


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Manhattan Bancorp and subsidiaries

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Manhattan Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in total equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Manhattan Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ McGladrey LLP

Los Angeles, CA

March 29, 2013

60


Table of Contents


Manhattan Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Dollars in thousands)

 
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 

Assets

             

Cash and due from banks

  $ 6,949   $ 6,779  

Federal funds sold/interest bearing demand funds

    33,221     38,756  
           

Total cash and cash equivalents

    40,170     45,535  

Time deposits—other financial institutions

    829     3,952  

Investment securities—available for sale, at fair value

    8,364     9,460  

Loans held for sale, at fair value

    96,014      

Loans held for investment

    277,443     168,736  

Allowance for loan losses

    (2,414 )   (2,355 )
           

Net loans held for investment

    275,029     166,381  
           

Total loans, net

    371,043     166,381  

Premises and equipment, net

    9,039     4,201  

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve stock

    4,526     1,986  

Goodwill

    7,396      

Core deposit intangible

    2,574     1,863  

Other real estate owned

    3,581     3,581  

Investment in limited partnership fund

    6,655      

Mortgage servicing rights

    5,123      

Accrued interest receivable

    754     675  

Other assets

    5,333     1,750  
           

Total assets

    465,387     239,384  
           

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

             

Deposits:

             

Non-interest bearing demand

    125,254     70,188  

Interest bearing:

             

Demand

    15,156     10,480  

Savings and money market

    146,042     62,678  

Certificates of deposit equal to or greater than $100,000

    75,800     25,949  

Certificates of deposit less than $100,000

    21,079     31,857  
           

Total deposits

    383,331     201,152  

FHLB advances and other borrowings

    19,590      

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

    5,338     3,044  
           

Total liabilities

    408,259     204,196  

Stockholders' equity

             

Serial preferred stock—no par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding: none in 2012 and 2011

         

Common stock—no par value; 30,000,000 authorized; issued and outstanding: 12,355,857 in 2012 and 357,500 in 2011

         

Additional paid in capital

    61,617     36,006  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    112     483  

Accumulated defecit

    (4,601 )   (3,992 )
           

Total stockholders' equity

    57,128     32,497  

Non-controlling interest

        2,691  
           

Total equity

    57,128     35,188  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 465,387   $ 239,384  
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

61


Table of Contents


Manhattan Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  

Interest income

             

Interest and fees on loans

  $ 16,113   $ 15,330  

Interest on investment securities

    279     346  

Interest on federal funds sold

    84     123  

Interest on time deposits-other financial institutions

    18     111  
           

Total interest income

    16,494     15,910  

Interest expense

             

NOW, money market and savings

    420     191  

Time deposits

    492     610  

FHLB advances and other borrowed funds

    (15 )    
           

Total interest expense

    897     801  
           

Net interest income

    15,597     15,109  

Provision for loan losses

    1,203     2,717  
           

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    14,394     12,392  
           

Non-interest income

             

Whole loan sales and warehouse lending fees

    695      

Advisory income

    950      

Trading income

    3,622      

Mortgage banking, including gain on sale on loans held for sale

    15,923      

Earnings on MIMS-1 limited partnership fund

    399      

Other bank fees and income

    1,173     2,316  

Rental income

    324     17  

Gain on recovery of acquired loans

    749        

Gain on sale of securities

    529      
           

Total non-interest income

    24,364     2,333  

Non-interest expenses

             

Compensation and benefits

    25,005     6,772  

Occupancy and equipment

    2,724     1,404  

Technology and communication

    2,592     1,290  

Professional fees

    4,025     2,594  

FDIC insurance and regulatory assessments

    509     285  

Amortization of intangibles

    445     473  

Other non-interest expenses

    2,699     1,944  
           

Total non-interest expenses

    37,999     14,762  
           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    759     (37 )

Provision for income taxes

    20     202  
           

Net income (loss)

    739     (239 )

Less: Net income attributable to the non-controlling interest

    53     (1 )
           

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders of Manhattan Bancorp

  $ 686   $ (238 )
           

Weighted average number of shares outstanding (basic and diluted)

    9,035,070     4,513,501  

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share

  $ 0.08   $ (0.05 )

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

62


Table of Contents


Manhattan Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(Dollars in thousands)

 
  For the Years
Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  

Net income (loss)

  $ 739   $ (239 )

Other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities:

             

Unrealized holding gains arising during periods

    132     484  

Less: reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in net income

    (529 )    
           

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    (397 )   484  
           

Comprehensive income

  $ 342   $ 245  
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

63


Table of Contents


Manhattan Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

For the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

 
  Common Stock    
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
   
   
 
 
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Non-controlling
Interest
  Total
Equity
 
 
  Shares   Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2010

    392,500   $ 39,538   $ (3,754 ) $ (1 ) $ 2,659   $ 38,442  

Divestiture and repurchase of common stock

    (35,000 )   (3,622 )                     (3,622 )

Stock based compensation

          90                 8     98  

Other comprehensive income

                      484     25     509  

Net loss

                (238 )         (1 )   (239 )
                           

Balance at December 31, 2011

    357,500     36,006     (3,992 )   483     2,691     35,188  

Merger of entities under common control on May 31, 2012

    (357,500 )   3,733     (1,401 )   26     (2,691 )   (333 )

Issuance of common stock to accounting acquirer in business combination

    8,195,469                      

Issuance of common stock in subsidiary spinoff to a related party

    169,424     717                 717  

Consideration received in excess of carrying value of spinoff to a related party

        1,310     53             1,363  

Cancellation of restricted stock

    (6,667 )                    

Transfer of legal acquirer's common stock in business combination

    3,997,631     19,823                 19,823  

Share-based compensation expense

        28                 28  

Other comprehensive loss

                (397 )       (397 )

Net income

            739             739  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2012

    12,355,857   $ 61,617   $ (4,601 ) $ 112   $   $ 57,128  
                           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

64


Table of Contents


Manhattan Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Dollars in thousands)

 
  For the Year Ended,
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  

Cash flows from operating activities

             

Net income (loss)

  $ 739   $ (239 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

             

Proceeds from sales and principal reductions of mortgage loans held for sale

    650,062      

Originations and purchases of mortgage loans held for sale

    (653,075 )    

Net gains on sales of loans held for sale

    (15,915 )    

Net mark to market on mortgage loans held for sale

    (361 )    

Net increase in mortgage servicing asset

    (3,246 )    

Provision for loan losses

    1,203     2,717  

Net accretion (amortization) of discount/premium on securities

    (415 )   193  

Net gains on sales of securities available for sale

    (529 )    

Earnings on limited partnership fund

    (399 )    

Depreciation and amortization

    523     472  

Amortization of core deposit intangibles

    445     473  

Stock-based compensation expense

    28     98  

Gain on sale of other real estate owned

        (215 )

Net decrease in other assets

    7,986     175  

Net increase in other liabilities

    4,242     417  
           

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (8,712 )   4,091  
           

Cash flows from investing activities

             

Net (increase) decrease in loans held for investment

    (15,217 )   23,791  

Decrease in time deposits—other financial institutions

    3,123     13,391  

Proceeds from principal payments and maturities of investment securities

    5,250     4,360  

Proceeds from the sale of investment securities

    5,029      

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

        1,761  

Investment in limited partnership fund

    (3,500 )    

Redemption (purchase) of Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock

    (1,008 )   373  

Purchase of premises and equipment

    (49 )   (225 )

Transactions with affiliates

    (331 )    

Net cash paid in business spinoff to a related party

    (2,602 )    

Net cash acquired in business combination (see Note 22)

    21,550      
           

Net cash provided by investing activities

    12,245     43,451  
           

Cash flows from financing activities

             

Issuance (repurchase) of Common stock

        (2 )

Net decrease in deposits

    (17,455 )   (74,315 )

Net increase (decrease) in borrowings

    8,557      

Transfer of net assets to affiliate, cash paid

        (1,868 )
           

Net cash used in financing activities

    (8,898 )   (76,185 )
           

Net (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (5,365 )   (28,643 )
           

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    45,535     74,178  
           

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 40,170   $ 45,535  
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

65


Table of Contents


Manhattan Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

 
  For the Year Ended,
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

             

Cash paid for interest

  $ 1,028   $ 809  
           

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 20   $ 271  
           

Acquistion of Manhattan Bancorp:

             

Consideration, common stock

  $ 19,823   $  
           

Cash and cash equivalents acquired

  $ 21,550   $  

Investment securities available for sale

    8,239      

Loans

    176,362      

Premises and equipment

    5,534      

Core deposit intangible

    1,156      

Other assets

    20,302      

Goodwill

    7,396      
           

Total assets

  $ 240,539   $  
           

Deposits

  $ 199,633   $  

Borrowings

    16,034      

Acccrued expenses and other liabilities

    5,049      
           

Total liabilities

  $ 220,716   $  
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

66


Table of Contents


Manhattan Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

 
  For the Year Ended,
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  

Sale of MBFS Holdings, Inc.

             

Loans

  $ 5,000   $  

Other assets

    2,315      
           

Total assets

  $ 7,315   $  
           

Borrowings

  $ 5,000   $  

Other liabilities

    6,997      
           

Total liabilities

  $ 11,997   $  
           

Common stock issued

  $ (717 ) $  

Additional paid-in capital

    (1,363 )    
           

Total shareholders' equity

  $ (2,080 ) $  
           

Cash and cash equivalents used

  $ 2,602   $  
           

Sale of CGB Asset Management, Inc.

             

Loans

  $   $ 13,361  

Other real estate owned

        433  

Other assets

        44  
           

Total assets

  $   $ 13,838  
           

Borrowings

  $   $ 12,000  

Other liabilities

        86  
           

Total liabilities

  $   $ 12,086  
           

Exchange of common stock

  $   $ 3,620  
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

67


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2012

Note 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Consolidated Financial Statements

        The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements of Manhattan Bancorp (the "Bancorp") and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Bank of Manhattan, N.A. (the "Bank") and MBFS Holdings, Inc. ("MBFS"), together referred to as the "Company" have been prepared in accordance with Article 8 of Regulation S-X. MBFS held a 70% interest in MCM. As discussed in more detail in this Note 1, Bancorp sold its entire interest in MBFS, including its indirect interest in MCM, on November 9, 2012. References throughout these financial statements to MCM shall be deemed to include BOMC and MCM's other direct and indirect subsidiaries.

        On May 31, 2012, the Bancorp completed its acquisition of Professional Business Bank ("PBB") through a merger of PBB with and into the Bank, with the Bank as the surviving institution (the "Merger"). Immediately prior to the Merger, PBB completed a transaction in which its holding company, CGB Holdings, Inc. ("CGB Holdings"), was merged into PBB and accounted for using the historical balances as entities under common control.

        In the Merger, Bancorp issued an aggregate of 8,195,469 shares of its common stock to the shareholders of PBB, representing a ratio of 1.7991 shares of Bancorp common stock for each share of PBB common stock outstanding at the effective time of the Merger. The Bancorp shares issued to the PBB shareholders in the Merger constituted approximately 67.2% of the Bancorp's common stock after giving effect to the Merger.

        Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") require that a company whose security holders retain the majority voting interest in the combined business be treated as the acquirer for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the Merger was accounted for as a reverse acquisition whereby PBB was treated as the acquirer for accounting and financial reporting purposes. Prior to the Merger the statements of operations and the balance sheet reflect that of PBB. The assets and liabilities of Manhattan Bancorp were reported at fair value in a transaction that constituted a business combination subject to the acquisition method of accounting as detailed in ASC 805. See Note 22 for additional information on the Merger.

        Bancorp entered into a Credit Agreement dated July 25, 2011 (the "Credit Agreement") with Carpenter Fund Management Company, LLC, as administrative agent ("Agent"), and Carpenter Community Bancfund, L.P. and Carpenter Community Bancfund-A, L.P., as lenders (the "Lenders"). On November 9, 2012, the Bancorp and the Lenders entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement"), which provided for (i) the sale by the Bancorp of all of the shares of capital stock (the "Shares") of its wholly owned subsidiary, MBFS, and (ii) the assignment by the Bancorp of its entire right in and to that certain Promissory Note dated as of July 25, 2011 (the "MCM Note"), made by MCM in favor of the Bancorp in the aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million, in each case to the Lenders for an aggregate purchase price of $5.0 million (the "Purchase Price"). The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement was completed simultaneously with the signing of the Purchase Agreement on November 9, 2012, and for accounting purposes was effective October 31, 2012. Prior to the consummation of such transactions, the Bancorp received an opinion from its financial advisor, Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P. confirming that the portion of the Purchase Price attributable to the sale of the Shares is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Bancorp. The value of consideration received exceeded

68


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

the carrying amount of the assets exchanged by $1.3 million, which was recognized as additional paid in capital.

        Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Bancorp used a portion of the Purchase Price to repay $516,667 of accrued but unpaid interest and $4,283,333 of the outstanding principal balance of the loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement. In addition, and pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Lenders converted the remaining $716,667 of the outstanding principal balance of the loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement into an aggregate of 169,425 shares of the Bancorp's common stock. The number of shares of common stock issued by the Bancorp was determined by dividing the sum of the unpaid principal balance by the Book Value Per Share of the MNHN Common Stock (as defined in the Merger Agreement), or $4.23 per share. As a result of the consummation of these transactions, the principal balance and all accrued but unpaid interest under the Credit Agreement was repaid in full.

Nature of Operations

        Manhattan Bancorp is a bank holding company organized under the laws of the state of California. Its principal subsidiary, Bank of Manhattan, N.A., is a national banking association located in the South Bay area of Southern California that offers relationship banking services and residential mortgages to entrepreneurs, family-owned and closely-held middle market businesses, real estate investors and professional service firms. Deposits with the Bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") up to the applicable limits of the law. The Bank is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bancorp and its subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to U.S. GAAP and general industry practices.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. A material estimate that is particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relates to the determination of the allowance for loan losses. Other significant estimates which may be subject to change include fair value determinations and disclosures, impaired investments and loans (including troubled debt restructurings), gains from mortgage division activities, goodwill, the valuation of deferred tax assets, and ongoing cash flow on loans accounted for under ASC 310-30.

69


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Reclassifications

        Certain amounts in prior presentations have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on previously reported shareholders' equity, net loss or loss per share amounts.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash, non-interest deposits at other financial institutions, federal funds sold including interest-bearing deposits held at the Federal Reserve Bank for and on behalf of the Bank. Cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank is used to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

Cash and Due from Banks

        Banking regulations require all banks to maintain a percentage of their deposits as reserves in cash or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank, which is computed on a bi-weekly average basis. There was no requirement to maintain a balance at the Federal Reserve Bank at December 31, 2012, as that requirement was met through cash reserves and the average deposit balance at the Federal Reserve Bank for the reserve measurement period. The reserve required to be maintained at the Federal Reserve Bank was $700 thousand at December 31, 2011. The Bank may maintain deposits with other financial institutions in amounts that exceed federal deposit insurance coverage. Federal funds sold are similar to uncollateralized loans. Management regularly evaluates the credit risk of these transactions and believes that the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash or cash equivalents.

Interest-earning Deposits at Other Financial Institutions

        Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions represent short term deposits that mature over a period of no more than 12 months. Investment balances are maintained within federal deposit insurance limits.

Investment Securities

        The Company classifies its investment securities as available-for-sale securities. Under the available-for-sale classification, securities can be sold in response to a variety of situations, including but not limited to changes in interest rates, fluctuations in deposit levels or loan demand, liquidity requirements, or the need to restructure the portfolio to better match the maturity or interest rate characteristics of liabilities with assets. Securities classified as available-for-sale are accounted for at their current fair value rather than amortized historical cost. Unrealized gains or losses are excluded from net income (loss) and reported as an amount net of taxes as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) included in shareholders' equity. Premiums or discounts on held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities are amortized or accreted into income using the interest method. Realized gains and losses on sales of available-for-sale securities are recorded using the specific identification method.

70


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        At each reporting date, investment securities are assessed to determine whether there is any other-than-temporary impairment. The classification of other-than-temporary impairment depends on whether the Company intends to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, and on the nature of the impairment. If the Company intends to sell a security or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell a security prior to recovery of its cost basis, it would be required to record an other-than-temporary loss in an amount equal to the entire difference between the fair value and amortized cost. If a security is determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired but the Company does not intend to sell the security, only the credit component of impairment is recognized in earnings and the impairment associated with non-credit factors, such as market liquidity, is recognized in other comprehensive income. The cost basis of any other-than-temporarily impaired security is written down by the amount of any impairment adjustment recognized in earnings.

Loans Held for Sale at Fair Value

        The Company has elected to record its loans held for sale at fair value for all loans originated by the Company and held for sale as well as all loans which were both purchased and hedged. Valuation gains and losses are recorded through earnings. Loans originated by the Company and held for sale typically are sold within 30 days after origination. The unpaid principal balance of loans held for sale at fair value at December 31, 2012 was $96.0 million. There were no loans held for sale at December 31, 2011.

Interest on Loans

        Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis daily and credited to income based on the principal amount outstanding. The accrual of interest on a loan typically is discontinued at the time the loan becomes 90-days delinquent. In some cases, loans can be placed on non-accrual status or be charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. For all interest income that has been accrued but not yet collected, if a loan is either placed on a non-accrual status or has been charged-off, the unpaid accrued interest receivable is reversed against interest income. Subsequently, collections of cash are applied as reductions to the principal balance unless the loan is returned to accrual status. Nonaccrual loans may be returned to accrual status when principal and interest income become current and when the borrower is able to demonstrate payment performance for a sustained period, typically for six months.

Originated loans

        Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances reduced by any charge-offs, net of deferred loan fees or costs, unearned discounts, and net of allowance for loan losses or specific valuation accounts. Loan origination fees and certain direct origination costs are capitalized and recognized as an adjustment of the yield of the related loan. Interest on loans is accrued daily and recognized over the terms of the loans and is calculated using the simple-interest method based on principal amounts outstanding.

        Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as nonaccrual loans. Generally, the accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when principal or interest is past due 90 days based on the contractual terms of the loan or when, in the opinion of management, there is reasonable

71


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

doubt as to collectability. When loans are placed on nonaccrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income. Income on nonaccrual loans is subsequently recognized only to the extent that cash is received and the loan's principal balance is deemed collectable. Interest accruals are resumed on such loans only when they are brought current with respect to interest and principal for a period of at least nine months and when, in the judgment of management, the loans are estimated to be fully collectible as to all principal and interest.

Acquired Loans

        Acquired loans are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition and include both nonperforming loans with evidence of credit deterioration since their origination date and performing loans with no such credit deterioration. The Company is accounting for a significant majority of the loans, including loans with evidence of credit deterioration acquired in the Merger in accordance with ASC 310-30. In accordance with ASC 310-30, the Company has pooled performing loans at the date of purchase. The loans were aggregated into pools based on the common risk characteristics.

        The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition and the investment in the loan, or the "accretable yield," is recognized as interest income on a level-yield method over the life of the loan. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the "nonaccretable difference," are not recognized as a yield adjustment, loss accrual or valuation allowance. Increases in expected cash flows subsequent to the initial investment are recognized prospectively through adjustment of the yield on the loan over its remaining life. Decreases in expected cash flows are recognized as impairment. If the Company does not have the information necessary to reasonably estimate cash flows to be expected, it may use the cost recovery method or cash basis method of income recognition. Valuation allowances on these impaired loans reflect only losses incurred after the acquisition (meaning the present value of all cash flows expected at acquisition that ultimately are not to be received).

        The excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the initial fair value of acquired loans is referred to as accretable yield and is accreted into interest income over the estimated life of the acquired loans using the effective yield method. The acceptable yield will change due to:

    Estimate of the remaining life of acquired loans which may change the amount of future interest income

    Estimate of the amount of contractually required principal and interest payments over the estimated life that will not be collected (the nonaccretable difference)

    Indices for acquired loans with variable rates of interest

    Improvement in the amount of expected cash flows

        Acquired loans not accounted for under ASC 310-30 are subject to the provisions of ASC 310-20, Nonrefundable Fees and Costs. The cash flows associated with these loans determine the amount of the purchase discount that is to be accreted over the life of the loan using the effective interest method. Management periodically reassesses the net realizable value and in the event that credit losses inherent in the portfolio are higher than expectations, records an allowance for loan losses to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the amounts expected to be collected.

72


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Concentration of Credit Risk

        Most of the Company's loan activity is with customers located in Southern California. Accordingly, the Company's exposure to credit risk is significantly affected by changes in the economy of this area. The Company has no significant industry concentrations.

Allowance for Loan Losses

        The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable losses embedded in the Company's existing loan portfolios as of the measurement date. In order to determine the adequacy of our loan loss allowance to absorb future losses, management performs periodic credit reviews of the loan portfolio. In so doing, management considers current economic conditions, historical credit loss experiences and other factors. Although management uses the best information available to make these estimates, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary due to changes in economic, operating, and regulatory conditions, most of which are beyond the Company's control. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management's judgment, should be charged off.

        When establishing the allowance for loan losses, management categorizes loans into risk categories generally based on the nature of the collateral and the basis of repayment (see Note 4). Loss estimates are reviewed periodically and, as adjustments become necessary, they are recorded in the results of operations in the periods in which they become known. The allowance is increased by provisions for loan losses which, in turn, are charged to expense. The balance of a loan deemed uncollectible is charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that collectability of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

        Commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit are recorded in the financial statements when they become payable. The credit risk associated with these commitments, when indistinguishable from the underlying funded loan, is considered in our determination of the allowance for loan losses. Other liabilities in the balance sheet include the portion of the allowance which was distinguishable and related to undrawn commitments to extend credit.

        The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to individual loans that are classified as impaired on a case-by-case basis. The general component of the Company's allowance for loan losses, which covers potential losses for all non-impaired loans, typically is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Company with consideration also given to peer bank loss experience. This historic loss experience is supplemented with the consideration of how current factors and trends might impact each portfolio segment. These factors and trends include the current levels of, and trends in: delinquencies and impaired loans; charge-offs and recoveries; changes in underwriting standards; changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit and geographic concentrations.

        In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company's allowance for loan losses and such agencies may require the Company to recognize additional provisions to the allowance based upon judgments that differ from those of management.

73


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Impaired Loans

        A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Troubled debt restructurings ("TDRs"), which are described in more detail below, also are classified as impaired.

        Commercial and commercial real estate loans classified as substandard or doubtful are individually evaluated for impairment. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer and residential real estate loans, may collectively be evaluated for impairment, and accordingly, they are not separately identified for impairment disclosures. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

        If a loan is classified impaired, a specific reserve is recorded for the loan equal to the difference between the loan's carrying value and the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's effective rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. TDRs are identified separately for impairment disclosures, as described in more detail below.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

        A TDR is a loan for which the Company grants a concession to the borrower that the Company would not otherwise consider due to a borrower's financial difficulties. A loan's terms which may be modified or restructured due to a borrower's financial difficulty include, but are not limited to, a reduction in the loan's stated interest rate below the market rate for a borrower with similar credit characteristics, an extension of the loan's maturity, and/or a reduction in the face amount of the debt. The amount of a debt reduction, if any, is charged off at the time of restructuring. For other concessions, a specific reserve typically is recorded for the difference between the loan's book value and the present value of the TDR's expected future cash flows discounted at the current market rate for loans with similar terms, conditions, and credit characteristics. This specific reserve is accreted into interest income over the expected remaining life of the TDR using the interest method. TDRs typically are placed on non-accrual status until a sustained period of repayment performance, usually six months or longer. However, the borrower's performance prior to the restructuring, or other significant events at the time of restructuring, may be considered in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual status after a shorter performance period. If the borrower's performance under the new terms is not reasonably assured, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual loan.

        Subsequent to being restructured, a TDR may be classified "substandard" or "doubtful" based on the borrower's repayment performance as well as any other changes in the borrower's creditworthiness. Loans that were paid current at the time of modification may be upgraded in their classification after a sustained period of repayment performance, usually six months or longer. TDRs are identified separately for

74


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

impairment disclosures and are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's effective rate at the time of restructuring. If a TDR is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For any TDRs that subsequently default, the Company determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses.

Transfers of Financial Assets

        Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

        The Company also sells participating interests, as defined in applicable accounting guidance, in loans to other banks to allow the Company to service customers with needs in excess of the Company's limit on loans to a single borrower and, occasionally, to provide funds for additional lending or to increase liquidity. Under most agreements, the Company continues to service the loans and the buyer receives its share of principal collected together with interest at an agreed-upon rate.

Gains From Mortgage Banking Activities

        Mortgage banking activity income is recognized when the Company records a derivative asset upon the commitment to originate a loan with a borrower and sells the loan to an investor. This commitment asset is recognized at fair value, which reflects the fair value of the commitment after considering the contractual loan origination-related fees, estimated sale premiums, direct loan origination costs, estimated pull-through rate and the estimated fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with servicing of loans. Also included in gains from mortgage division activities are changes to the fair value of loan commitments, forward sale commitments and loans held for sale that occur during their respective holding periods. Substantially all the gains or losses are recognized during the loan holding period as such loans are recorded at fair value. Mortgage servicing rights are recognized as assets based on the fair value upon the sale of loans when the servicing is retained by the Company.

        The Company records an estimated liability for obligations associated with loans sold which it may be required to repurchase due to breaches of representations and warranties, early payment defaults or to indemnify an investor for loss incurred which the investor attributes to underwriting or other issues that the Company is responsible for. The Company periodically evaluates the estimates used in calculating these expected losses and adjustments are reported in earnings. As uncertainty is inherent in these estimates, actual amounts paid or charged off could differ from the amount recorded. The provision for repurchases is recorded in miscellaneous loan expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

        The Company measures its MSRs at fair value. This election was made to facilitate the potential future implementation of a risk mitigation strategy to hedge against potential adverse changes in the fair

75


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

value of its MSRs which may arise from future changes in interest rates and other market factors. The Company has not implemented hedging strategies for its MSRs at this time.

        The fair value of MSRs is estimated by using a cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, servicing costs, ancillary income, and other economic factors based on current market conditions.

        Assumptions incorporated into the MSRs valuation model reflect management's best estimate of factors that a market participant would use in valuing the MSRs. Although sales of MSRs do occur, MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices so the precise terms and conditions of sales are not available. The Company considers its MSR values to represent a reasonable estimate of their fair value.

Gains and Losses on Riskless Principal Transactions

        During 2012 and through November 9, 2012 (effective for accounting purpose on October 31, 2012), the Company through MCM traded for its own account on a riskless principal transactions basis to effectuate buy and sell orders for its customers. MCM did not take a position in these transactions but rather arranges for simultaneous buyers and sellers for all transactions prior to executing either a buy trade or a sell trade. (MCM's transactions are deemed to be "Riskless Principal Transactions" per FRB Regulation Y, Part 225—Subpart C—Sec. 225.28.) Gains and losses on riskless principal securities transactions, related clearing expenses, and commissions were recorded on a trade-date basis as securities transactions occured.

Whole Loan Broker Fees

        During 2012 and through November 9, 2012 (effective for accounting purposes on October 31, 2012), the Company through MCM acted as agent on certain transactions involving whole loan mortgages, matching prospective buyers and sellers for these transactions. Fees earned on these transactions were accounted for on the date cash is received, which was on or shortly after the settlement date of the transaction.

Property and Equipment

        The Company purchased land that was developed for a branch completed and opened in 2012, which was recorded at cost.

        Furniture and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded in amounts that relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over the estimated service lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the improvements but not more than the remaining lease term, whichever is shorter. The straight-line method of depreciation is followed for financial reporting purposes, while both accelerated and straight-line methods are followed for income tax reporting purposes. Outlays for material improvements and major repairs are capitalized; expenses for ordinary repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred.

76


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Stock

        The Company is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco ("FHLB") and, as such, is required to maintain a minimum investment in stock of the FHLB that varies with the level of loans eligible to be pledged and advances outstanding with the FHLB. The stock is bought from and sold to the FHLB based upon its $100 par value. The stock does not have a readily determinable fair value and, as such, is classified as restricted stock, carried at cost and evaluated for impairment in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 942-325-35. In accordance with this guidance, the stock's value is determined by the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines. No impairment losses have been recorded during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. Cash and stock dividends on FHLB stock are recorded as income when received. In addition, the Company is a member of the Federal Reserve Bank and is also required to maintain a minimum investment in Federal Reserve Bank stock which is also recorded at cost.

Goodwill

        Net assets of entities acquired in purchase transactions are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. The historical cost basis of individual assets and liabilities are adjusted to reflect their fair value. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized for book purposes, although it is reviewed for potential impairment on an annual basis, or if events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The impairment test is performed in two phases. The first step of the goodwill impairment test compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired; however, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company must proceed with step two. In step two the implied fair value of goodwill, defined as the excess of fair value of the reporting unit over the fair values of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit as they would be determined in an acquisition, is estimated. If the carrying amount of the goodwill is more than its implied fair value, it is impaired and an impairment charge must be recognized. The test for potential impairment of goodwill must be conducted at least annually, which the Company will conduct such test as of April 30 of each year beginning in the year following the recording of goodwill.

Core Deposit Intangible

        The Company has a premium on acquired deposits which represents the intangible value of deposit relationships resulting from deposit liabilities assumed in the Merger. Core deposit intangible assets are amortized over five to seven years. The Company evaluates the remaining useful lives of its core deposit intangible assets each reporting period to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. If the estimate of an intangible asset's remaining useful life is changed, the remaining carrying amount of the intangible asset is amortized prospectively over the revised remaining useful life. The balance of core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 is $2.6 million and $1.9 million, respectively. Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $445 thousand and $473 thousand, respectively. Amortization of core deposit intangibles, totaling approximately $540 thousand per year, is expected to continue until fully amortized in 2017.

77


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Other Real Estate Owned

        It is the Company's policy that any real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure be initially recorded at fair value, less estimated costs to sell, at the date of foreclosure. After foreclosure, valuations would be periodically performed by management and the real estate would be carried at the lower of cost or fair value minus costs to sell. Any revenues and expenses from operations and additions to the valuation allowance would be included in other expenses. The Company had $3.6 million of Other Real Estate Owned at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Income Taxes

        Deferred income taxes are recognized for estimated future tax effects attributable to income tax carry forwards as well as temporary differences between income tax and financial reporting purposes. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce the deferred tax asset to the amount expected to be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted accordingly through the provision for income taxes.

        The Company establishes a valuation allowance for its deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance was recorded for the total net amount of the Company's deferred tax asset at December 31, 2012 and 2011 due to the Company's net loss history.

        The Company provides that the tax effects from an uncertain income tax position can be recognized in the financial statements only if, based on its merits, the position is more likely than not to be sustained on audit by taxing authorities. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, are recorded as part of income tax expense. Management believes that all tax positions taken to date are highly certain and, accordingly, no provision has been made to the financial statements.

Advertising Costs

        Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        Changes in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities are the only component of other comprehensive income and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Company.

Loss Contingencies

        Loss contingencies, other than loss contingencies related to loans, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there are such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements as of December 31, 2012.

78


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Income/(Loss) per Share

        Basic income (loss) per share represents the income (loss) reported to common stockholders divided by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the periods reported on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Diluted income per share for the year ended December 31, 2012 does not include any effects of common stock equivalents as these stock options were considered to be anti-dilutive because their exercise price exceeded the market value of the Company's shares. Diluted loss per share does not include any effects of common stock equivalents as they would not be dilutive due to the Company's net loss for the year ended December 31, 2011.

        There were no potential dilutive securities as of December 31, 2012 or 2011 other than stock options awarded to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were 485,487 and 108,159 stock options outstanding, respectively. In 2012 these stock options were considered to be anti-dilutive because their exercise price exceeded the market value of the Company's shares. (See Note 11 for further details on the Company's share-based compensation.)

        The weighted average number of shares used to calculate net income (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was 9,035,070 and 4,513,501, respectively. The weighted average number of shares for 2011 represents the average PBB shares for 2011, which were converted to the Company's common stock at the time of the Merger; share changes such as the reverse merger are retrospectively presented for all periods.

Equity Compensation Plans/Share-based Compensation

        The Manhattan Bancorp 2010 Equity Incentive Plan ("2010 Plan"), which was approved on March 25, 2010, provides for the issuance of up to 444,348 shares of the Bancorp's authorized and unissued common stock. The 2010 Plan expires on March 25, 2020. Options granted and outstanding under the 2010 Plan totaled 122,582 as of December 31, 2012. In addition, there are 3,333 shares of restricted stock that have been issued and outstanding under the 2010 Plan. Prior to the adoption of the 2010 Plan, options were granted under the Manhattan Bancorp 2007 Stock Option Plan ("2007 Plan"). Options granted and still outstanding under the 2007 Plan totaled 177,314 as of December 31, 2012.

        In conjunction with the Merger, Bancorp assumed the California General Bank, N.A. 2009 Stock Option Plan ("2009 Plan") and the Professional Business Bank 2011 Equity Incentive Plan ("2011 Plan"), although no further grants may be made under these plans. Options granted and still outstanding under the 2009 Plan totaled 185,591 as of December 31, 2012. Unvested restricted stock grants outstanding under the 2011 Plan totaled 28,800 as of December 31, 2012. The holders of these unvested restricted stock grants would receive dividends, if declared, and have rights to vote those shares.

        The Company recognizes the cost of recipient service received in exchange for awards of stock options, or other equity instruments in the consolidated statements of operations over the vesting period of the award. The plans provide that each option must have an exercise price not less than the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant, have a term no longer than ten years, and vest as determined by the Board of Directors. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Bancorp's common stock at the date of grant is used for the fair value of restricted stock awards.

79


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect these estimates.

Operating Segments

        The Company segregates its operations into four primary segments: mortgage division operations ("mortgage division"), non-mortgage division operations ("commercial bank"), non-banking financial operations ("MCM"), and other operations ("other"), which includes the holding company, MBFS, and eliminations between the Company's bank and non-bank segments. Internal financial information is used to report the financial position and operating results of each of these segments and is disclosed in a separate footnote.

Derivatives and Hedging

        The Company utilizes derivatives to achieve economic hedging to mitigate interest rate risk. The Company does not utilize derivatives on a speculative basis.

        To this end, the Company typically locks interest rates on loans held for sale at fair value prior to funding while simultaneously locking a price to sell the loans to investors. According to relevant accounting guidance, rate lock commitments with borrowers are derivatives and must be recorded at fair value.

        All mandatory obligations to sell or purchase loans at a specific price in the future are considered to be derivatives and must be recorded at fair value. The Company has elected to record all of its forward sale commitments at fair value provided such commitments qualified for fair value treatment and are not otherwise considered to be derivatives.

Pending Accounting Pronouncements

        In December of 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210), Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. ASU 2011-11 requires that entities disclose both gross information and net information about instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. This scope would include derivatives, sale and repurchase agreements and reverse sale and repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending arrangements. The objective of this disclosure is to facilitate comparison between those entities that prepare their financial statements on the basis of U.S. GAAP and those entities that prepare their financial statements prepared under IFRSs. ASU 2011-11 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. Retrospective application is required for all comparative periods. Adoption of ASU 2011-11 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company's financial position.

        In December of 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05 to defer only those changes in ASU 2011-05 that relate to the

80


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

presentation of reclassification adjustments. The amendments were made to allow the FASB time to re-deliberate whether to present on the face of the financial statements the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income for all periods presented. Entities should continue to report reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the presentation requirements in effect before ASU 2011-5. All other requirements in ASU 2011-05 are not affected by ASU 2011-12, including the requirement to report comprehensive income either in a single continuous financial statement or in two separate but consecutive financial statements.

Note 2. TIME DEPOSITS WITH OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

        At December 31, 2012, the Company had interest-earning deposits with other financial institutions of $829 thousand with a weighted average yield of 0.11%, and a weighted average remaining life of approximately 2.7 months. At December 31, 2011, the Company had interest-earning deposits with other financial institutions of $4.0 million with a weighted average yield of 1.36%, and a weighted average remaining life of approximately 5.2 months.

Note 3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES

        The Company's investment securities have been classified in the consolidated balance sheets as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity according to management's intent. Our securities portfolio consists primarily of securities issued the U.S. government and government sponsored agencies ("GSEs") as well as private label mortgage-backed securities. The following is a summary of the investment securities at their amortized cost and estimated fair value with gross unrealized gains and losses at December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value  
 
  (in thousands)
 

December 31, 2012

                         

Available-for-sale securities:

                         

U.S. government and agency securities:

  $   $   $   $  

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    6,942     59     (1 )   7,000  

Private label mortgage-backed securities

    1,310     54         1,364  
                   

Total available-for-sale securities

  $ 8,252   $ 113   $ (1 ) $ 8,364  
                   

81


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

 
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value  
 
  (in thousands)
 

December 31, 2011:

                         

Available-for-sale securities:

                         

U.S. government and agency securities:

                         

Debentures

  $ 1,517   $ 1   $   $ 1,518  

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    1,941     42         1,983  

Municipal Securities

    5,492     467         5,959  
                   

Total available-for-sale securities

  $ 8,950   $ 510   $   $ 9,460  
                   

        Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities of $113 thousand and $510 thousand at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were included in accumulated other comprehensive income.

        During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company sold $4.5 million in securities at a gain of $529 thousand. There were no sales in 2011.

        Securities with a fair value of $5.8 million and $7.2 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were pledged to secure borrowings from the FHLB.

        Our private label mortgage-backed securities ("MBS"), which totaled $1.4 million, had a net unrealized gain of $54 thousand or 4.1% of their book values as of December 31, 2012. Of this, two securities totaling $213 thousand were rated investment grade and had no unrealized gain or loss and two securities totaling $1.2 million were rated below investment grade and had an unrealized gain of $54 thousand or 4.7% of their book values. At December 31, 2012, there were no securities issued by one issuer which exceeded 10% of our equity.

        The fair value of securities was derived by a nationally recognized pricing service provided through a third-party broker/dealer (Vining Sparks) who, in turn, provides mark-to-market levels based on Interactive Data 360 view ("IDC"). IDC utilizes real time market price discovery along with actual security performance including cash flow structure to determine market values. Based on the December 31, 2012 valuation analysis, the Company believes it will receive all principal and interest due to each security.

        In estimating other-than-temporary losses, management considers among other things (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and (iii) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. Any intra-period decline in the market value of the Company's investment securities during 2012 or 2011 was attributable to changes in market rates of interest rather than credit quality. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, management believes that the gross unrealized losses detailed in the table above are temporary and no impairment loss should be realized in the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

82


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

        The following table reflects the periods for which the Company's investment securities were in a continual loss position as of December 31, 2012:

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Less than 12 Months   12 months or longer   Total  
Description of securities
  Number of
Securities
  Fair
Value
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Number of
Securities
  Fair
Value
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Number of
Securities
  Fair
Value
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Securities available for sale:

                                                       

U.S. government and agency securities:

                                                       

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    2   $ 311   $ (1 )     $   $     2   $ 311   $ (1 )
                                       

Total

    2   $ 311   $ (1 )     $   $     2   $ 311   $ (1 )
                                       

        There were no investment securities with continuous unrealized losses greater than 12 months at December 31, 2011.

        The amortized cost, estimated fair value, and average yield of our debt securities at December 31, 2012 are shown by expected maturity period in the table below. The weighted average yields are based on the estimated effective yields at period end. The estimated effective yields are computed based on interest income at the coupon interest rate, adjusted for the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Mortgage-backed securities are classified according to their estimated lives. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to prepay their obligations.

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Available-for-sale securities:

             

Due in One Year or Less

  $ 2,205   $ 2,226  

Due from One Year to Five Years

    5,336     5,420  

Due from Five Years to Ten Years

    378     382  

Due after Ten Years

    333     336  
           

Totals

  $ 8,252   $ 8,364  
           

Note 4. LOANS HELD FOR INVESTMENT, ALLOWANCE, AND CREDIT QUALITY

Portfolio Composition

        The Company currently extends credit to its customers in the form of commercial loans and lines of credit, commercial real estate, residential real estate, and consumer loans.

        Commercial and Industrial (C&I) loans:    C&I loans include loans, lines of credit, and letters of credit for commercial and corporate purposes. C&I loans, which are underwritten for a variety of purposes, generally are secured by accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, machinery, and other business assets.

83


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 4. LOANS HELD FOR INVESTMENT, ALLOWANCE, AND CREDIT QUALITY (Continued)

Commercial term loans typically have maturities of four years or less as well as interest rates that float in accordance with a designated published index. Commercial lines of credit generally have one-year terms and interest rates that float in accordance with a designated published index. Substantially all of the Company's C&I loans are secured by the personal guarantees of the business owners. C&I loans are underwritten based on an evaluation of the borrower's ability to operate and expand the borrower's business prudently and profitably. Historic and projected cash flows are analyzed to determine the borrower's ability to repay their obligations as agreed. The creditworthiness of C&I loans is based primarily on the expected cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. However, the actual cash flows from borrowers may differ significantly from projected amounts and the collateral securing these loans may materially fluctuate in value.

        Commercial real estate loans:    Commercial real estate loans are secured primarily by apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, warehouses, small retail shopping centers and various special-purpose properties (e.g., restaurants). Although terms vary, commercial real estate loans generally have amortization periods of 25 to 30 years, balloon payments of five to ten years, and terms which provide that the interest rates thereon may be adjusted at least annually after the fixed-rate period, typically three to ten years, based on a designated index. Commercial real estate and multifamily real estate loan underwriting standards are governed by the Company's loan policies in place at the time the loan is approved. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and repayment of these loans is generally largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Commercial real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the Company's commercial real estate portfolio are diverse in terms of type and geographic location.

        Residential 1 - 4 family real estate loans:    Compared with typical commercial loans, residential real estate loans are generally comprised of smaller loans which have more homogenous characteristics. These loans typically have 30-year maturities, with a fixed rate of interest for the first five years and an adjustable interest rate thereafter, based on a designated index. Changes in real property values and the employment status of the borrower are key risk factors that may impact the collectability of these loans, along with the condition of the collateral foreclosed.

        Real estate construction loans:    Construction loans consist of real estate that is in the process of improvement. Repayment of these loans may be dependent on the sale of the property to third parties or the successful completion of the improvements by the builder for the end user. Construction loans also run the risk that improvements will not be completed on time or in accordance with specifications and projected costs. Construction loans generally have terms of one year to eighteen months consistent with the anticipated construction period and interest rates based on a designated index. Substantially all construction loans have built in interest reserve accounts.

        Other loans:    These loans are primarily home equity line of credit loans, overdrafts and consumer loans.

84


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 4. LOANS HELD FOR INVESTMENT, ALLOWANCE, AND CREDIT QUALITY (Continued)

        Commitments and Letters of Credit:    In the ordinary course of business, the Company may enter into commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they become payable.

        Loans held for investment are summarized as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  Amount
Outstanding
  Percentage
of Total
  Amount
Outstanding
  Percentage
of Total
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Commercial

  $ 72,599     26.2 % $ 46,474     27.5 %

Commercial real estate

    144,559     52.1 %   98,934     58.6 %

Residential real estate

    55,250     19.9 %   20,907     12.4 %

Real estate—construction

    1,873     0.7 %   35     0.1 %

Other

    3,162     1.1 %   2,386     1.4 %
                   

Total loans, including net loan costs

    277,443     100.0 %   168,736     100.0 %
                       

Allowance for loan losses

    (2,414 )         (2,355 )      
                       

Net loans

  $ 275,029         $ 166,381        
                       

 

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  Performing   Nonperforming   Total   Performing   Nonperforming   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Acquired loans, subject to ASC 310-30

  $ 128,152   $ 3,407   $ 131,559   $ 96,274   $ 1,398   $ 97,672  

Acquired loans, subject to ASC 310-20

    29,885     311     30,196     25,761         25,761  

Originated loans

    114,172     1,516     115,688     42,855     2,448     45,303  
                           

Total loans, including net loan costs

  $ 272,209   $ 5,234   $ 277,443   $ 164,890   $ 3,846   $ 168,736  
                           

        At December 31, 2012 and 2011, loans with outstanding principal balances of $194.7 million and $57.5 million, respectively, were pledged to secure borrowings from the FHLB.

        In connection with the Merger, acquired performing loans at May 31, 2012 include $36.8 million of loans at fair value that are accounted for under ASC 310-20. On the date of the Merger, these loans had an

85


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 4. LOANS HELD FOR INVESTMENT, ALLOWANCE, AND CREDIT QUALITY (Continued)

outstanding balance of $38.3 million and a related discount of $1.5 million. Merger date information related to performing and nonperforming acquired loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 is as follows:

 
  Contractual
Balance
Outstanding
  Estimated
Contractual
Payments
  Accretable
Yield
  Non-Accretable
Yield
  Fair Value   Carrying
Value
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Performing loans

  $ 65,038   $ 79,267   $ (13,993 ) $ (3,043 ) $ 62,230   $ 62,230  
                           

Non-performing loans

  $ 1,971   $ 2,377   $ (65 ) $ (1,422 ) $ 890   $ 890  
                           

        The estimated contractual payments in the tables above include the estimated impact of prepayments on the loans purchased. These same prepayments are also utilized in estimating the total expected cash flows to be collected.

        The following tables reflect changes in accretable yield and nonaccretable difference of acquired loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 for the periods presented:

 
  For the Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
  Accretable   Nonaccretable   Accretable   Nonaccretable  

Balance at the beginning of the period

  $ 28,161   $ 6,050   $ 27,287   $ 19,200  

Interest income recognized in earnings

    (8,739 )       (11,961 )    

Additions(1)&(2)

    21,993     8,113     3,917      

Transfer of CGBAM loans(3)

                (3,216 )

Reclassification of nonaccretable to accretable due to improvement in cash flows

    2,613     (2,613 )   7,365     (7,365 )

Amounts transferred to accretable due to loan payoffs

    378     (378 )   1,553     (1,553 )

Amounts not recognized due to chargeoffs on transfers to other real estate

        (14 )       (1,016 )
                   

Balance at the end of period

  $ 44,406   $ 11,158   $ 28,161   $ 6,050  
                   

(1)
Additions included for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflect increases associated with updated cash flow estimates prepared based on current loan terms. The cash flow estimate updates were necessary to reflect changed terms in the loan portfolio (renewals, refinances, etc.) in order to properly assess current accretable and nonaccretable differences. These updates to estimated cash flows did not result in any significant change to the estimated fair value of acquired loans as of the acquisition date as presented on the previous page. Accordingly, the offsetting entry to these additions was to estimated contractual payments receivable and goodwill was not adjusted.

(2)
Additions included above reflect increases to accretable and nonaccretable yield associated with loans acquired in the business combination totaling $14.1 million, as described in Note 2, plus additions described in (1) above.

86


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 4. LOANS HELD FOR INVESTMENT, ALLOWANCE, AND CREDIT QUALITY (Continued)

(3)
On December 31, 2010 the Company sold $13.5 million in loans at fair value (its historical basis post-merger) and $1.5 million in other real estate owned at fair value to its wholly owned subsidiary CGB Asset Management, Inc. On March 30, 2011, the ownership of CGB Asset Management, Inc. was transferred from CGB Holdings, Inc. to Carpenter Community BancFunds through an exchange of common stock. The transfer was accounted for at historical cost because the companies were under common control.

Credit Quality

    Delinquency

        The following table shows the delinquency status of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Current   30 to 59
Days
  60 to 89
Days
  90 Days or
more
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Commercial

  $ 70,677   $ 1,292   $ 95   $ 535   $ 72,599  

Commercial real estate

    144,559                 144,559  

Residential real estate

    55,250                 55,250  

Real estate—construction

    1,873                 1,873  

Other

    3,062     100             3,162  
                       

Total, net of deferred loan fees

  $ 275,421   $ 1,392   $ 95   $ 535   $ 277,443  
                       

 

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Current   30 to 59
Days
  60 to 89
Days
  90 Days or
more
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Commercial

  $ 42,281   $ 818   $ 7   $ 3,368   $ 46,474  

Commercial real estate

    95,525     261         3,148     98,934  

Residential real estate

    20,612         30     265     20,907  

Real estate—construction

    35                 35  

Other

    2,278     49         59     2,386  
                       

Total, net of deferred loan fees

  $ 160,731   $ 1,128   $ 37   $ 6,840   $ 168,736  
                       

    Risk Categories

        The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt. These factors include, but are not limited to current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends.

87


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 4. LOANS HELD FOR INVESTMENT, ALLOWANCE, AND CREDIT QUALITY (Continued)

The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis is performed on a monthly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

    Pass:    Loans with satisfactory risk are classified as "pass." Loans considered to be satisfactory risk are divided into six additional categories, based primarily on the borrower's financial strength and ability to service the debt and the amount of supervision required by the loan officer. All new extensions of credit should qualify for one of the six "pass" grades.

    Special Mention:    Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management's close attention. If left uncorrected, this potential weakness may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution's credit position at some future date.

    Substandard:    Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have at least one well-defined weakness that could jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. There is a distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

    Doubtful:    Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

    Loss:    Loans classified as loss are considered uncollectible. This classification does not mean that the loan has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather it is impractical to defer writing off this virtually worthless asset, even though partial recovery may be affected in the future. Losses should be taken in the period in which they are deemed to be uncollectible.

    Loans not deemed to be Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful, or Loss are considered to be pass-rated loans.

    Based on management's most recent analysis, the risk category of loans by type of loan as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Pass   Special
Mention
  Substandard   Doubtful   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Commercial

  $ 63,322   $ 6,882   $ 2,313   $ 82   $ 72,599  

Commercial real estate

    126,835     6,813     10,911           144,559  

Residential real estate

    55,250                   55,250  

Real estate—construction

    1,873                   1,873  

Other

    1,811     914     437           3,162  
                       

Total Loans

  $ 249,091   $ 14,609   $ 13,661   $ 82   $ 277,443  
                       

88


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 4. LOANS HELD FOR INVESTMENT, ALLOWANCE, AND CREDIT QUALITY (Continued)

 

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Pass   Special
Mention
  Substandard   Doubtful   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Commercial

  $ 38,258   $ 2,423   $ 3,410   $ 2,383   $ 46,474  

Commercial real estate

    89,459     2,500     6,975         98,934  

Residential real estate

    19,535     1,128     244         20,907  

Real estate—construction

    35                 35  

Other

    2,364     22             2,386  
                       

Total Loans

  $ 149,651   $ 6,073   $ 10,629   $ 2,383   $ 168,736  
                       

    Impaired Loans

        A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. TDRs, which are described in Note 1, also are classified as impaired.

        The table below reflects the Company's impaired loans as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance
  Recorded
Investment
  Allowance for
Loan Losses
Allocated
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance
  Recorded
Investment
  Allowance for
Loan Losses
Allocated
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

With no related allowance recorded:

                                     

Commercial

  $ 1,245   $ 1,245   $   $ 937   $ 937   $  

Commercial real estate

    246     246                  

Residential real estate

    326     326         244     244      

Other

    10     10         59     59      
                           

Subtotal

    1,827     1,827         1,240     1,240      

With an allowance recorded:

                                     

Commercial

                1,208     1,208     627  
                           

Subtotal

                1,208     1,208     627  
                           

Totals

  $ 1,827   $ 1,827   $   $ 2,448   $ 2,448   $ 627  
                           

89


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 4. LOANS HELD FOR INVESTMENT, ALLOWANCE, AND CREDIT QUALITY (Continued)

        The table below reflects the Company's loans on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Commercial

  $ 1,245   $ 2,145  

Commercial real estate

    246      

Residential real estate

    326     244  

Other

    10     59  
           

Total

  $ 1,827   $ 2,448  
           

        The Company's average investment in impaired loans was $1.8 million and $2.0 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company did not record income from the receipt of cash payments related to impaired loans during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The Company does not have any further commitment to lend on any of its impaired loans.

    Troubled Debt Restructurings

        As of December 31, 2012, the Company had four TDRs for which the required payment period was extended by six months to one year and their interest rates were increased by 1.5% to 2.0%. All TDRs were current in principal and interest payments due as of December 31, 2012.

 
  As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2012  
 
  Number of
Contracts
  Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
  Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
  Foregone
Principal
  Lost
Interest
Income
 
 
  (in thousands except for number of contracts)
 

Commercial

    1   $ 82   $ 82   $   $  

Commercial real estate

    1     223     223          

Residential real estate

                           

Other

    2     25     25          
                       

    4   $ 330   $ 330   $   $  
                       

 

 
  As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2011  
 
  Number of
Contracts
  Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
  Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
  Foregone
Principal
  Lost
Interest
Income
 
 
  (in thousands except for number of contracts)
 

Commercial

    5   $ 2,549   $ 2,141   $   $ 19  

Residential real estate

    1     250     250          
                       

    6   $ 2,799   $ 2,391   $   $ 19  
                       

90


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 4. LOANS HELD FOR INVESTMENT, ALLOWANCE, AND CREDIT QUALITY (Continued)

        There was no principal forgiven on troubled debt restructurings in 2012. There were no troubled debt restructuring re-defaults that occurred in 2012. There were no commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers whose terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2012 or 2011.

        The following table reflects changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance, beginning of period

  $ 2,355   $ 1,178  

Provision for loan losses

    1,203     2,717  

Recoveries

    1      
           

    3,559     3,895  

Loans charged-off

    (1,145 )   (1,540 )
           

Balance, end of period

  $ 2,414   $ 2,355  
           

    Allowance for Loan Losses

        The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable losses embedded in the Company's existing loan portfolios as of the measurement date. In order to determine the adequacy of our loan loss allowance to absorb future losses, management performs periodic credit reviews of the loan portfolio. In so doing, management considers current economic conditions, historical credit loss experiences and other factors. Although management uses the best information available to make these estimates, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary due to changes in economic, operating, and regulatory conditions, most of which are beyond the Company's control. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management's judgment, should be charged off.

        The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt. (See "Risk Categories" in this same Note for a description of the various risk categories.) We employ a 10-point loan grading system in an effort to more accurately track the inherent quality of the loan portfolio. The 10-point system assigns a value of "1" or "2" to loans that are substantially risk free. Modest, average and acceptable risk loans are assigned point values of "3", "4", and "5", respectively. Loans on the pass watch list are assigned a point value of "6." Point values of "7," "8," "9" and "10" are assigned, respectively, to loans classified as special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss. Using these risk factors, management conducts an analysis of the general reserves applying quantitative factors based upon different risk scenarios.

        In addition, management considers other trends that are qualitative relative to our marketplace, demographic trends, the risk rating of the loan portfolios as discussed above, amounts and trends in non-performing assets and concentration factors.

91


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 4. LOANS HELD FOR INVESTMENT, ALLOWANCE, AND CREDIT QUALITY (Continued)

        At December 31, 2012, the Company's allowance for loan losses totaled $2.4 million or 0.87% of gross loans held for investment, compared with $2.4 million or 1.40% of gross loans held for investment at December 31, 2011. The Company's allowance for loan losses related to ASC 310-30 loans at December 31, 2012 and 2011 is $450 thousand and $310 thousand, respectively. The allowance relates primarily to one loan pool with a carrying amount of $40.5 million at December 31, 2012.

        The following tables reflect the allocation of the allowance by portfolio segment and the balances of impaired loans by portfolio segment as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Commercial   Commercial
real estate
  Construction
real estate
  Residential
real estate
  Other   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Allowance allocated to:

                                     

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $   $   $   $   $   $  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    1,232     388     22     108     214     1,964  

Loans under ASC 310-30

    76     370         4         450  
                           

Total

  $ 1,308   $ 758   $ 22   $ 112   $ 214   $ 2,414  
                           

Loans by evaluation method:

                                     

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 1,245   $ 246   $   $   $ 336   $ 1,827  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    68,723     57,084     1,882     9,326     7,042     144,057  

Loans under ASC 310-30

    10,953     114,847         5,583     176     131,559  
                           

Total

  $ 80,921   $ 172,177   $ 1,882   $ 14,909   $ 7,554   $ 277,443  
                           

 

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Commercial   Commercial
real estate
  Construction
real estate
  Residential
real estate
  Other   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Allowance allocated to:

                                     

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 627   $   $   $   $   $ 627  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    876     355         121     66     1,418  

Loans under ASC 310-30

    310                     310  
                           

Total

  $ 1,813   $ 355   $   $ 121   $ 66   $ 2,355  
                           

Loans by evaluation method:

                                     

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 2,145   $   $   $ 244   $ 59   $ 2,448  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    29,053     26,705     35     10,718     2,114     68,625  

Loans under ASC 310-30

    15,276     72,229         9,945     213     97,663  
                           

Total

  $ 46,474   $ 98,934   $ 35   $ 20,907   $ 2,386   $ 168,736  
                           

92


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 4. LOANS HELD FOR INVESTMENT, ALLOWANCE, AND CREDIT QUALITY (Continued)

        The following table reflects the activity in the allowance for loan losses during 2012 and 2011 by portfolio:

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance, beginning of period

  $ 2,355   $ 1,178  

Charged off loans

             

Commercial

    1,133     1,129  

Commercial real estate

        254  

Residential real estate held for investment

        59  

Other

    12     98  
           

Total charge-offs

    1,145     1,540  
           

Recoveries of previously charged off loans

             

Commercial

         

Commercial real estate

         

Residential real estate held for investment

         

Real estate—construction

         

Other

    1      
           

Total recoveries

    1      
           

Net charge-offs

    (1,144 )   (1,540 )
           

Total Provision

    1,203     2,717  
           

Balance, end of period

  $ 2,414   $ 2,355  
           

Note 5. LOANS HELD FOR SALE

        As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $96.0 million in loans held for sale. Of these loans, $90.9 million were originated by the Company and $5.1 million were purchased from other financial institutions.

        Loans originated by the Company which are held for sale and reported at fair value are typically sold within 30 days. The Company has elected to record its loans held for sale at fair value for all loans originated by the Company and held for sale as well as all loans which were both purchased and hedged. A fair value gain of $2.8 million was recorded at December 31, 2012 on $96.0 million in loans held for sale at fair value. The Company had no loans held for sale at fair value in 2011.

        Consistent with industry practice, the Company has established a contingent liability account for fraud, early payoffs and early payment defaults that may arise from mortgage loans sold to investors. At December 31, 2012, this contingency reserve totaled $366 thousand. Since the Company's inception, it has incurred no losses due to early payoffs, early payment defaults, or fraud related to loans sold to investors.

        There were no delinquent loans held for sale at December 31, 2012.

93


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 6. MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

        Mortgage servicing rights are fair valued on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (level 3) as further described in Note 23. Prior to the Merger, the Company's operations did not include MSRs. The following table summarizes the Company's MSR activity:

 
  Year ending December 31
2012
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at the beginning of the period

  $  

Additions resulting from:

       

Acquired in Merger

    1,877  

Loans sold with servicing retained

    4,370  

Changes in fair value due to:

       

Time and payoffs

    (867 )

Changes in assumptions

    (257 )
       

Balance at the end of the period

  $ 5,123  
       

Unpaid principal balance of loans serviced

       

for others at December 31, 2012

  $ 522,948  
       

        The following table provides the key MSR valuation assumptions as of December 31, 2012:

 
  December 31, 2012  

Discount rate

    10.50 %

Total prepayment speeds

    11.90 %

Expected weighted average life (years)

    6.42  

Weighted average servicing fee

    0.27 %

        The following table reflects the sensitivity test performed by the Company to evaluate the estimated impact of potential changes in economic factors on the fair value of its MSRs. The Company has identified two key criteria to test: 1) changes in the discount rate due to potential changes in market yield assumptions, and 2) changes in prepayment speeds as a result of potential changes in interest rates. Test results related to prepayment speeds were predicated on one-percent movements in U.S. Treasury 10-year yields which, in turn, were assumed to result in a 0.50% change in interest rates for new loans. The prepayment incentive or disincentive arising from a plus or minus 0.50% change in rates for new loans was the key factor in deriving projected prepayment speeds for the remaining life of the underlying loans. The results of this test are estimates based on hypothetical scenarios, whereby each criterion is modeled in isolation. In reality, changes in one factor might result in changes in several other factors, some of which may not have been included in this analysis. As a result, actual future changes in MSR values may differ significantly from those displayed below.

94


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 6. MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS (Continued)


MSR SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 
 
  Change In Prepayment Speed
Due to a 0.5% Change in Interest Rates
  Change in Discount Rate  

Sensitivity test criteria

    -0.50 %   +0.50 %   -1.00 %   1.00 %
                   

Resulting values

  $ 4,587   $ 5,649   $ 5,321   $ 4,938  

Increase/(decrease) in value from book value at December 31, 2012

                         

Amount

  $ (536 ) $ 526   $ 198   $ (184 )

Percent

    -10.5 %   10.3 %   3.9 %   -3.6 %

        Under the Bank's supplemental servicing agreement, the Bank is entitled to all of the contractually specified servicing fees, ancillary fees and also certain incentive fees, if certain performance conditions are met, and does not share these servicing fees with the investor. Total servicing and ancillary fees from the Bank's servicing portfolio of residential mortgages totaled $438 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Note 7. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

        Premises and equipment consisted of the following for the periods indicated:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Land

  $ 3,311   $ 1,511  

Building and improvements

    2,701     1,771  

Leasehold improvements

    2,526     933  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

    3,300     2,125  
           

    11,838     6,340  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (2,799 )   (2,139 )
           

  $ 9,039   $ 4,201  
           

        Total depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, was $768 thousand and $472 thousand, respectively.

        In 2011, the Company expanded the size of its main office and corporate headquarters located at 2141 Rosecrans Avenue, Suite 1100, in the city of El Segundo, California. As a result the Company extended its original lease agreement, which commenced on July 1, 2007 for an additional seven year term, with one option to renew for seven years; as of December 31, 2012 the remaining term on this lease is 65 months.

        As a result of the Merger, the Company acquired branch facilities in Glendale, Pasadena, East Pasadena and Montebello. As of December 31, 2012 the Glendale and Pasadena offices have remaining

95


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 7. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT (Continued)

terms of six months and sixteen months, respectively. The Bank has notified its customers and regulators of its intention to consolidate its East Pasadena office into the Pasadena branch during the first quarter of 2013; the Bank has already sublet the upper floors at the East Pasadena location and is in the process of securing a sublease of the branch space. The land and building are owned by the Bank for its office in Montebello.

        The Company entered into a lease on November 1, 2011 in the Woodland Hills area of Los Angeles, the entire space has been sublet to MCM and its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2012 the remaining term on the lease is 73 months. This property also houses the Woodland Hills satellite office of the Bank's mortgage division, which the Bank has entered into a separate agreement to sublet the space it occupies from MCM on a month-to-month basis.

        Prior to 2012 the Company also had leases for its mortgage division's satellite offices in San Diego and West Los Angeles, California; as of December 31, 2012 the remaining lease terms are 13 and 17 months, respectively. In January 2012, the Company entered into a lease for a satellite mortgage origination office in Hermosa Beach; the term of this lease ends in December 2013. In March 2012 the Company entered in to a lease for its mortgage office in Huntington Beach, which as of December 31, 2012 has a remaining term of 26 months. In April 2012 the Company entered into a lease for its mortgage office in Newport Beach, which as of December 31, 2012 has a remaining term of 51 months. In November 2012, the Company entered into a lease for a satellite mortgage origination office in Santa Barbara; the term of this lease ends in 2017.

        In June 2011, the Company entered into a lease on behalf of MCM for its operations in New York, New York. This space has been sublet to MCM in its entirety. The lease expires in May 2016.

        The following is a schedule of the minimum lease payments associated with these leases before considering renewal options, sub-lease payments associated with those leases, and the Company's net lease obligation:

Year
  Minimum
Lease
Payments
  Sub-lease
Payments
  Net Lease
Obligation
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2013

  $ 1,978   $ 485   $ 1,493  

2014

    1,628     513     1,115  

2015

    1,498     528     970  

2016

    1,298     363     935  

2017

    972     232     740  

2018

    502     239     263  
               

Totals

  $ 7,876   $ 2,360   $ 5,516  
               

        Total facilities rent expense included in occupancy and equipment cost for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $1.2 million and $557 thousand, respectively.

96


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 8. INVESTMENT IN LIMITED PARTNERSHIP FUND

        MIMS-1, L.P. ("MIMS-1") was organized as a Delaware limited partnership on July 30, 2010 for the primary purpose of investing, reinvesting, and trading in private label and agency mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. It commenced operations on August 20, 2010. The investment objective of MIMS-1 is to seek a high total return consisting of both current income and capital gains. The general partner of MIMS-1 is Manhattan Investment Management Services, Inc. ("MIMS"), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of MCM, a related party. The Bank became a limited partner of MIMS-1 on April 25, 2011 with an initial investment of $2.5 million. During 2012, the Bank made additional investments totaling $3.5 million in MIMS-1. The initial term of the Bank's investment, which ended August 31, 2011, was renewed for a one-year term and is renewable for up to two additional one-year terms if agreed to by the general partner and a majority of the limited partners. The Bank owned 18.2% of the MIMS-1 as of December 31, 2012. The Bank earned $399 thousand from its participation in this fund during 2012 and MIMS earned $902 thousand for its role as general partner of the fund.

Note 9. TIME DEPOSITS

        The following table reflects the remaining scheduled maturities of the Company's time deposits by maturity date as of December 31, 2012:

 
  (in thousands)  

Three months or less

  $ 54,874  

Over three and through twelve months

    27,975  

Over twelve months

    14,030  
       

Total

  $ 96,879  
       

        The following table reflects the remaining scheduled maturities of the Company's time deposits by calendar year and source as of December 31, 2012:

Time Deposit Maturities by Funding Source
As Of December 31, 2012
 
 
  Organic(a)   Listed(b)   Broker(c)   CDARS(d)   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

2013

  $ 41,308   $ 3,400   $ 8,401   $ 29,661   $ 82,770  

2014

    4,808     1,998             6,806  

2015

    1,467     491             1,958  

2016

    260     4,482             4,742  

2017

    203     400             603  
                       

Total

  $ 48,046   $ 10,771   $ 8,401   $ 29,661   $ 96,879  
                       

(a)
Organic deposits are deposits held by the Company's commercial and retail banking customers.

(b)
Listed deposits are deposits held by other financial institutions.

(c)
Broker deposits are certificates of deposit purchased from a broker acting as an agent for depositors.

97


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 9. TIME DEPOSITS (Continued)

(d)
CDARS are deposits sourced through Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service.

Note 10. BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS

Overnight borrowings

        The Company has established borrowing lines totaling $17 million on an unsecured basis from its correspondent banks. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, no amounts were outstanding under this arrangement.

Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings

        Since 2008, the Company has maintained a borrowing arrangement with the FHLB. The maximum amount the Company may borrow under this arrangement is limited to the lesser of a percentage of eligible collateral or 15% of the Company's total assets. At December 31, 2012 the remaining available financing from the Company's FHLB borrowing facility was $31.7 million. The Company's FHLB borrowing facility is collateralized by loans with unpaid principal balances of $194.7 million which have a market value of $192.6 million (as determined by the FHLB) and securities with a market value of $5.8 million. At December 31, 2012, outstanding advances on FHLB borrowings were $4.5 million.

 
   
  Interest    
 
  Amount   Rate   Type   Maturity Date
 
  (in thousands)
   
   
   

  $ 4,500     4.38 % Fixed   6/27/2013
                   

  $ 4,500              
                   

        FHLB short-term advances as of December 31, 2012 were $15.0 million. There were no outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2011.

 
  End of Period    
  Average  
 
  Maximum Month-
end Outstanding
Balance during the
Period
 
 
  Balance
Outstanding
  Rate   Balance
Outstanding
  Rate  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

2012

                               

Short term FHLB advances and other borrowings

  $ 15,000     0.28 % $ 40,000   $ 6,398     0.26 %

Note 11. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS PLANS

        The Company has a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan for all employees and permits voluntary contributions of their compensation on a pre-tax basis. The Company made a contribution for both 2012 and 2011 matching 100% of the employee's contribution up to the first 3% of the employee's total compensation and matching 50% of the employee's contribution up to the next 2% of the employee's total compensation. The Company's expense relating to the contributions made to the 401(k) was approximately $206 thousand and $38 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Participants are 100% vested in their own voluntary contributions. The Company's matching contributions were made using "Safe Harbor" guidelines. "Safe Harbor" contributions are immediately vested.

98


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 11. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS PLANS (Continued)

        In December 2011, the Company revised its 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan for all employees. Effective January 1, 2012, the Company's matching contributions no longer use "Safe Harbor" guidelines, employee vesting in the Company's matching contributions is 25% for each complete year of service, and the Company matches 50% of an employee's contributions up to 6% of the employee's total compensation.

Note 12. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

        At December 31, 2012, the Company had share-based compensation awards outstanding under four stock based compensation plans, which are described below.

The "2007 Stock Option Plan"

        The 2007 Plan authorized the granting of both "nonqualified" and "incentive" stock options to the employees of the Bancorp and its subsidiaries and "nonqualified" stock options to the Bancorp's directors. The 2007 Plan provided for options to purchase 732,789 shares of common stock at a price not less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant. The 2007 Plan provided for accelerated vesting if there was a change of control, as defined by the 2007 Plan. No further grants may be made under the 2007 Plan. As of December 31, 2012, 177,314 shares remained outstanding under the 2007 Plan and no options have ever been exercised.

The "2009 Stock Option Plan"

        The 2009 Plan authorized the granting of both "nonqualified" and "incentive" stock options to the employees and "nonqualified" stock options to the directors of California General Bank, N.A., the predecessor to Professional Business Bank. The 2009 Plan provided for options to purchase 732,789 shares of common stock at a price not less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant. The 2009 Plan provided for accelerated vesting if there was a change of control, as defined by the 2009 Plan. No further grants may be made under the 2009 Plan. The Company assumed the 2009 Plan in conjunction with the Merger. At the date of the Merger, there were 194,587 shares outstanding and no options had been exercised. As of December 31, 2012, 185,591 shares remained outstanding under the 2009 Plan and no options have ever been exercised.

The "2010 Equity Incentive Plan"

        The 2010 Plan provides for the issuance of both "incentive" and "nonqualified" stock options to officers and employees, and of "nonqualified" stock options to non-employee directors, of the Bancorp and its subsidiaries. The 2010 Plan also provides for the issuance of restricted stock awards and other types of equity-based compensation awards to the same classes of eligible participants, which awards may be granted on such terms and conditions as are established by the Board of Directors in its discretion, or by a committee designated by the Board. As of December 31, 2012, 122,582 stock options and 3,333 restricted stock awards were issued and outstanding under the 2010 Plan.

The "2011 Equity Incentive Plan"

        The 2011 Plan provides for the issuance of both "incentive" and "nonqualified" stock options to officers and employees, and of "nonqualified" stock options to non-employee directors, of Professional

99


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 12. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

Business Bank. The 2011 Plan also provides for the issuance of restricted stock awards and other types of equity-based compensation awards to the same classes of eligible participants, which awards may be granted on such terms and conditions as are established by the Board of Directors in its discretion, or by a committee designated by the Board. Only restricted stock was issued under the 2011 Plan. No further grants may be made under the 2011 Plan. At the date of the Merger and at December 31, 2012, there were 28,800 unvested restricted shares outstanding under the 2011 Plan.

        During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded $139 thousand of share-based compensation expense, which included $41 thousand in expense related to stock options and $98 thousand in expense related to restricted stock awards. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded $98 thousand of share-based compensation expense. No restricted stock awards were issued prior to 2011. At December 31, 2012, unrecorded compensation expense related to non-vested stock option grants and restricted stock awards totaled $112 thousand and is expected to be recognized as follows:

Years Ended December 31,
  Share-Based
Compensation
(in thousands)
 

2013

  $ 92  

2014

    20  
       

Total

  $ 112  
       

        The following table summarizes the stock option activity under both plans for the years ended December 31, 2012:

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2012  
 
  Shares   Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
 

Outstanding at beginning of period

    108,159   $ 10.00        

MNHN options in connection with business combination

    299,896     7.95        

Conversion of PBB options to MNHN equivalents

    86,428     0        

Exercised

                 

Forfeited or expired

    (8,996 )   5.56        
                   

Outstanding at end of period

    485,487     7.04     5.87  
                   

Options exercisable

    417,960     7.18     5.53  
                   

Vested and expected to vest

    485,487     7.04     5.87  
                   

        There were not any new options granted in 2012, all activity was related to the Merger. There were not any new option grants in 2011.

100


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 12. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        Company uses the Black-Scholes option valuation model to determine the fair value of options when they are granted. The following summarizes how our key assumptions were derived:

        Risk-free rate—The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury rate that matures on the expected life of the option at the date of the grant.

        Expected life—The expected life of options, which has been calculated using a formula from the Securities and Exchange Commission for companies that do not have sufficient historical data to calculate the expected term, equals the average of each option's contractual life and vesting period.

        Expected volatility—Since the Bancorp's stock has limited history and trading activity, the expected volatility is based on the historical volatility for comparable banks for a period equivalent to the expected life of the options.

        Dividend yield—The dividend yield should be based on historical experience and expected future changes on dividend payouts. The Bancorp has not declared or paid dividends in the past and we have no plans to declare or pay dividends on our common stock for the next several years.

Note 13. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

        The Bancorp has 30 million authorized shares of common stock and 10 million authorized shares of preferred stock.

Note 14. INCOME TAXES

        For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded income tax expense of $20 thousand which consists of $12 thousand in state franchise minimum tax payments and the remainder in LLC fees paid to the state of California. In 2011, the Company recorded income tax expense of $202 thousand which consisted of $43 thousand in Federal tax expense and $159 thousand of franchise tax expenses. The Company had no other income tax expense or benefit for the years ended December 31, 2012 or 2011. The Company does not have Federal or California taxes as a result of current net operating losses, with net deferred tax assets remaining unrecognized, because their realization is dependent on future taxable income. The Company has established a 100% valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets, given the Company's historic profitability. While the Company achieved profitability following the Merger and for the year ended December 31, 2012, and considering the cumulative loss position, it has not exhibited consistent sustained profitability that would demonstrate the Company's ability to utilize any of the historic

101


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 14. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

net operating losses. The following table details the tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Current provision:

             

Federal

  $ 10   $ 43  

State

    10     159  
           

Total current position

    20     202  

Deferred provision (benefit):

             

Federal

    769     121  

State

    206     211  

Valuation allowance

    (975 )   (332 )
           

Total deferred position

         
           

Total current and deferred position

  $ 20   $ 202  
           

        Deferred taxes are a result of differences between income tax accounting and GAAP with respect to income and expense recognition. At December 31, 2012, the Company had a federal net operating loss carry forward of approximately $21.3 million that will begin expiring in 2027 and a state net operating loss carry forward of approximately $25.4 million that will begin expiring in 2017. The following table shows when the Company's operating loss carry forwards will expire.

Tax Year
  Federal
NOLs(a)
  Expiration
Year
 
Tax Year
  State
NOLs(a)
  Expiration
Year
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
 

2007

  $ 1,787     2027  

2007

  $ 1,711     2017  

2008

    3,399     2028  

2008

    3,226     2028  

2009

    4,914     2029  

2009

    6,538     2029  

2010

    4,669     2030  

2010

    4,733     2030  

2011

    2,548     2031  

2011

    4,766     2030  

2012

    4,010     2032  

2012

    4,468     2031  
                           

Total

  $ 21,327        

Total

  $ 25,442        
                           

(a)
Net operating loss carry forward.

102


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 14. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The following table reflects the reconciliation of the Company's statutory rate to its effective tax rate.

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  

Statutory Rate

    34.0 %   (34.0 )%

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

             

Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset

    (128.7 )%   (897.3 )%

California state tax benefit, net of federal benefit

    16.8 %   (81.1 )%

Permanent differences

    71.1 %   259.5 %

Other

    9.4 %   139.0 %
           

Effective tax rate

    2.6 %   (613.9 )%
           

        The Bank is subject to federal income tax and franchise tax of the state of California. Federal income tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2009 through 2012 are open to audit by the federal tax authorities, and the Company's state tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2008 through 2012 are open to audit by the California state tax authorities.

103


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 14. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The following is a summary of the components of the net deferred tax asset account at December 31:

 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Deferred Tax Assets:

             

Federal and state loss carry forwards

  $ 8,984   $ 1,244  

Capital losses

    493   $  

Credit losses

    2,039     868  

Accrued expenses

    468      

Interest on non-accrual loans

    129      

Share-based compensaton

    265     168  

Organizational & start-up costs

    655     417  

Unfavorable leases

    44      

Credit carry forward

    32      

Deposit premium

    68     167  

Liabilities

    37      

Other

    63     1,169  
           

    13,277     4,033  

Valuation Allowance

    (11,155 )   (2,074 )
           

Total deferred tax assets

    2,122     1,959  

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

             

Deferred loan costs

    (75 )    

Premises and equipment

    (755 )   (1,153 )

Core deposit intangible

    (1,050 )   (767 )

Favorable leases

    (165 )    

Other

    (77 )   (39 )
           

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (2,122 )   (1,959 )
           

Net deferred tax assets

  $   $  
           

Note 15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

        We enter into or may issue financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financial needs of our customers. In both 2012 and 2011, these instruments primarily consisted of undisbursed loan commitments and forward buy/sell contracts, as discussed in more detail below. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses which may require payment of a fee.

104


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

Commercial Bank Instruments With Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company's commercial bank enters into financial commitments to meet the financing needs of its customers, primarily through commitments to extend credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk not recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        The Company's exposure to loan loss in the event of nonperformance on commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for loans reflected in the consolidated financial statements. The Company had the following outstanding financial commitments whose contractual amount represents credit risk:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Commitments to extend credit

  $ 63,391   $ 22,799  

Standby letters of credit

    705     694  
           

Total commitments

  $ 64,096   $ 23,493  
           

        Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments to guarantee the performance of a customer of the Company to a third party. Since many of the commitments and standby letters of credit are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total amounts do not necessarily represent future loans or cash requirements. The Company evaluates each client's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained if deemed necessary by the Company is based on management's credit evaluation of the customer. A reserve for commitments to extend credit has been established and totals $177 thousand and $391 thousand as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Commercial Bank Instruments With Concentrations Of Credit Risk

        The Company focuses on commercial and commercial real estate lending to customers primarily in Southern California. The Company's loan portfolio includes credit exposure to the real estate market of this area and the economic viability of Southern California. Substantially all real estate loans are secured by first liens with an initial loan-to-value ratio of generally not more than 75%.

Mortgage Bank Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

        See Note 20 for information regarding the off-balance sheet risk related to the activities of the Company's mortgage division.

105


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 16. REGULATORY CAPITAL

        The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by the regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Company's financial statements and operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank's assets, liabilities, and certain off balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accepted accounting practices. The Bank's capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk-weightings, and other factors.

        Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require both the Company and the Bank to maintain the following minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and Tier 1 capital to average assets. As of December 31, 2012, the Company and the Bank exceeded all applicable capital adequacy requirements.

        Under the FRB's guidelines, Manhattan Bancorp is a "small bank holding company," and thus qualifies for an exemption from the consolidated risk-based and leverage capital adequacy guidelines applicable to bank holding companies with assets of $500 million or more. However, while not required to do so under the FRB's capital adequacy guidelines, the Company still maintains levels of capital on a consolidated basis which qualify it as "well capitalized."

        The following table sets forth the Company's and the Bank's regulatory capital ratios as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Actual   To Be Adequately
Capitalized
  To Be Well
Capitalized
 
 
  Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Company

                                     

Total Capital (risk-weighted assets)

  $ 49,078     13.24 % $ 29,645     8.00 % $ 37,056     10.00 %

Tier 1 Capital (risk-weighted assets)

  $ 46,120     12.45 % $ 14,822     4.00 % $ 22,234     6.00 %

Tier 1 Leverage Capital (average assets)

  $ 46,120     10.39 % $ 17,756     4.00 % $ 22,195     5.00 %

Bank

                                     

Total Capital (risk-weighted assets)

  $ 48,118     13.01 % $ 29,598     8.00 % $ 36,998     10.00 %

Tier 1 Capital (risk-weighted assets)

  $ 45,160     12.21 % $ 14,799     4.00 % $ 22,199     6.00 %

Tier 1 Leverage Capital (average assets)

  $ 45,160     10.18 % $ 17,750     4.00 % $ 22,188     5.00 %

106


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 16. REGULATORY CAPITAL (Continued)


 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Actual   To Be Adequately
Capitalized
  To Be Well
Capitalized
 
 
  Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Company

                                     

Total Capital (risk-weighted assets)

  $ 35,126     19.21 % $ 14,637     8.00 % $ 18,297     10.00 %

Tier 1 Capital (risk-weighted assets)

  $ 32,833     17.95 % $ 7,319     4.00 % $ 10,978     6.00 %

Tier 1 Leverage Capital (average assets)

  $ 32,833     13.45 % $ 9,753     4.00 % $ 12,192     5.00 %

Bank

                                     

Total Capital (risk-weighted assets)

  $ 34,742     19.22 % $ 14,482     8.00 % $ 18,103     10.00 %

Tier 1 Capital (risk-weighted assets)

  $ 32,476     17.96 % $ 7,241     4.00 % $ 10,862     6.00 %

Tier 1 Leverage Capital (average assets)

  $ 32,476     13.34 % $ 9,740     4.00 % $ 12,172     5.00 %

Note 17. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        In the ordinary course of business, the Bank may grant loans to certain officers and directors and the companies with which they are associated. Management believes all loans and loan commitments to such parties have been made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time of comparable transaction with other persons. There were no such loans outstanding at December 31, 2012 or 2011.

        Deposits from related parties at December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $6.3 million and $2.4 million, respectively.

        During 2012, the Company completed the Merger, the Purchase Agreement and paid off borrowing under a Credit Agreement, all of which were deemed to be related party transactions and are described in more detail in Note 1 and Note 22.

        The spinoff transaction of MCM that occurred on November 9, 2012, with an effective date of October 31, 2012, was with the Carpenter Funds, an affiliated party. Thus MCM continues to be an affiliated party by virtue of the common ownership of the Company and MCM by the Carpenter Funds. The Mortgage Division continues to utilize advisory services of MCM in the conduct of its business. Since the effective date of the spinoff, the Company has paid $381 thousand to MCM in consideration for its services.

        On September 14, 2012, the Company and the Bank appointed Curt A. Christianssen as interim Chief Financial Officer. The Company and the Bank entered into a Reimbursement Agreement with CCFW, Inc. d/b/a Carpenter & Company ("CCFW"), pursuant to which Mr. Christianssen would serve as interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank. Under the Reimbursement Agreement, the Company has agreed to pay CCFW on account of Mr. Christianssen's services a monthly fee of $38,333 plus any costs incurred by CCFW to provide benefits to Mr. Christianssen, and will reimburse CCFW for Mr. Christianssen's reasonable expenses incurred in connection with his services to the Company and the Bank. The Reimbursement Agreement is terminable by either party upon 30 days' notice. During 2012 the Company incurred expenses totaling $169 thousand in conjunction with the CCFW Reimbursement Agreement.

107


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 18. PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        The condensed parent company financial statements of Manhattan Bancorp at and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 follow:


Manhattan Bancorp
Balance Sheets
(in thousands)

 
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 

Assets

             

Cash

  $ 600   $ 160  

Investment in Subsidiaries

    56,167     32,166  

Receivable from affiliate

    59      

Prepaid expenses & other assets

    542     255  
           

Total assets

    57,368     32,581  
           

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

             

Payable to affiliate

    19        

Accrued expenses and other payables

    221     84  
           

Total liabilities

    240     84  

Stockholders' equity

    57,128     32,497  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 57,368   $ 32,581  
           

108


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 18. PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


Manhattan Bancorp
Statements of Operations
(in thousands)

 
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  

Interest income

             

Interest and fees on loans

  $ 170   $  

Interest on time deposits-other financial institutions

        12  
           

Total interest income

    170     12  

Interest expense

             

FHLB advances and other borrowed funds

    171      
           

Total interest expense

    171      
           

Net interest income

    (1 )   12  

Provision for allowance for loan losses

   
   
 
           

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    (1 )   12  
           

Non-interest income

             

Equity in earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

    888     (87 )

Rental income

    144      
           

Total non-interest income

    1,032     (87 )

Non-interest expenses

             

Other non-interest expenses

    292     163  
           

Total non-interest expenses

    292     163  
           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    739     (238 )

Provision for income taxes

         
           

Net income (loss)

  $ 739   $ (238 )
           

109


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 18. PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


Manhattan Bancorp
Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)

 
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  

Cash flows from operating activities

             

Net income (loss)

  $ 739   $ (238 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

             

Equity in undistributed (earnings) losses of subsidiaries

    (888 )   87  

Net change in other liabilities

    269     84  

Net change in other assets

    (125 )   (255 )

Other, net

    (327 )    
           

Net cash used in operating activities

    (332 )   (322 )
           

Cash flows from investing activities

             

Cash provided by business combination

    572      

Cash provided by spinoff of business to affiliated party

    200      
           

Net cash provided by investing activities

    772      
           

Cash flows from financing activities

             

Net cash provided by financing activities

         
           

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 440   $ (322 )
           

Cash at beginning of period

  $ 160   $ 482  

Cash at end of period

  $ 600   $ 160  

Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities

             

Issuance of common stock in subsidiary spinoff

  $ 717   $  
           

Note 19. SEGMENT INFORMATION

        The Company segregates its operations into four primary segments: mortgage division operations ("Mortgage Division"), commercial banking division operations ("Commercial Division"), non-banking financial operations ("MCM"), and other operations ("other"), which include the Bancorp, MBSF, and eliminations between the Company's bank and non-bank segments.

110


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 19. SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

        Accounting policies for segments are the same as those described in Note 1. Segment performance is evaluated using operating income rather than allocation of assets. There were no significant non-cash included in operating statements of the segments. Transactions among segments are made at fair value. Information reported internally for performance assessment follows:

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net interest income, after loan loss provision:

             

Commercial Division

  $ 13,270   $ 12,392  

Mortgage Division

    1,207      
           

Total Bank

    14,477     12,392  

MCM

    (83 )    

Other

         
           

Total net interest income, after loan loss provision

  $ 14,394   $ 12,392  
           

Non-interest income:

             

Commercial Division

  $ 3,161   $ 2,333  

Mortgage Division

    15,923      
           

Total Bank

    19,084     2,333  

MCM

    5,878      

Other

    (598 )    
           

Total non-interest income

  $ 24,364   $ 2,333  
           

Total revenue:

             

Commercial Division

  $ 18,355   $ 18,243  

Mortgage Division

    17,482      

Intra-company eliminations

    (352 )    
           

Total Bank

    35,485     18,243  

MCM

    5,970      

Other

    (597 )    
           

Total revenue

  $ 40,858   $ 18,243  
           

Segment profit (loss):

             

Commercial Division

  $ (1,597 ) $ (239 )

Mortgage Division

    2,661      
           

Total Bank

    1,064     (239 )

MCM

    (175 )    

Other

    (150 )    
           

Total segment profit (loss)

  $ 739   $ (239 )
           

111


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 19. SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

 

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Variance  
Compensation Expense by Operating Segment
  2012   2011   Amount   Percent  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
 

Commercial Division

  $ 9,472   $ 6,772   $ 2,700     40 %

Mortgage Division

    10,947         10,947     100 %
                     

Total Bank

    20,419     6,772     13,647     202 %

MCM

    4,508         4,508     100 %

Other

    78         78     100 %
                     

Total compensation expense

  $ 25,005   $ 6,772   $ 18,233     269 %
                     

 

 
  December 31,   Increase  
Number of Employees by Operating Segment
  2012   2011   Number   Percent  
 
  (unaudited)
   
 

Commercial Division

    78     50     28     56.0 %

Mortgage Division

    110         110     100.0 %
                     

Total employees

    188     50     138     276.0 %
                     

Note 20. DERIVATIVES AND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK

        Our mortgage division originates loans almost entirely for sale to external investors. Cash gains on loan sales of totaled $16.0 million in 2012, representing 75% of our mortgage division's non-interest income. Fair value adjustments and derivative income comprised $481 thousand or 3% of our mortgage division's non-interest income in 2012. A fair value loss of $7 thousand was recorded related to loans held for sale at fair value.

        In order to mitigate interest rate risk, the Bank typically locks interest rates on loans held for sale at fair value prior to funding while simultaneously locking a price to sell the loans to investors. According to relevant accounting guidance, rate lock commitments with borrowers are derivatives and must be recorded at fair value. The Bank recorded a $789 thousand decrease in the fair value of its rate lock commitments reflecting a gain position of $1.1 million on a notional amount of $96.7 million in rate lock commitments as of December 31, 2012 from a gain position of $1.9 million on a notional amount of $105.7 million in rate lock commitments at the date of the Merger. The loss related to the decrease in fair value of rate lock commitments is included in the Company's mortgage banking income under non interest income in the consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of the rate lock commitments are included in the Company's other assets in the consolidated statements of condition.

        All mandatory obligations to sell or purchase loans at a specific price in the future are considered to be derivatives and must be recorded at value. The Bank recorded an increase in the fair value of its forward commitments of $1.4 million, reflecting a net gain position of $19 thousand on a notional amount of $161.5 million in forward commitments as of December 31, 2012 from a loss position of $1.4 million on a notional amount of $128.7 million in forward commitments at the date of the Merger. The gain related to the increase in fair value of forward commitments is included in the Company's mortgage banking income under non interest income in the consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of the forward

112


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 20. DERIVATIVES AND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK (Continued)

commitments that were in a gain position are included in the Company's other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and totaled $254 thousand at December 31, 2012 and the fair value of the forward commitments that are in a loss position are included in the Company's other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and totaled $235 thousand at December 31, 2012.

        The following table provides the notional balances and fair value of outstanding positions as of December 31, 2012 and the recorded gains (losses) during 2012.

 
  At and for the Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 
 
  Expiration
Dates
  Outstanding
Notional
Amount
  Fair
Value
  Recorded
Gains
(Losses)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Interest rate lock commitments

    2013   $ 96,660   $ 1,147   $ (789 )

Loan sale commitments

    2013   $ 161,539   $ 19   $ 1,432  

Note 21: GOODWILL AND CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLES

        As of December 31, 2012 the Company had recorded goodwill of $7.4 million and core deposit intangibles of $2.6 million. Prior to the Merger the Company did not have any recorded goodwill and had core deposit intangibles of $1.9 million at December 31, 2011. In 2012, the Company recorded $7.4 million of goodwill and $1.2 million of core deposit intangibles related to its acquisition of Professional Business Bank. The Company has allocated goodwill of $5.5 million and $1.9 million to the Commercial Division and Mortgage Division operating segments, respectively. Refer to Note 21, Business Combinations, for further discussion of the Merger.

        During 2012 and 2011, the Company amortized $445 thousand and $473 thousand, respectively, of its core deposit intangible. Core intangibles were amortized over their estimated lives on a straight-line basis. At December 31, 2012, the estimated aggregate amortization of intangibles for the years 2013 through 2017 is $540 thousand per year.

Note 22: BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

Merger with Professional Business Bank

        On May 31, 2012, the Bancorp completed its acquisition of PBB through a merger of PBB with and into the Bank, with the Bank as the surviving institution. The Merger provided an expanded geographic footprint for the Company and increased the size of the balance sheet wherein the combined companies can realize economies of scale and other operating efficiencies. Immediately prior to the Merger, PBB completed a transaction in which its holding company, CGB Holdings, was merged into PBB and accounted for using the historical balances as entities under common control. Prior to the Merger Bancorp had 3,997,631 shares of its common stock outstanding. In the Merger, the Bancorp issued an aggregate of 8,195,469 shares of its common stock to the shareholders of PBB, representing a ratio of 1.7991 shares of Bancorp common stock for each share of PBB common stock outstanding at the effective time of the

113


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 22: BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Continued)

Merger. The Bancorp shares issued to the PBB shareholders in the Merger constituted approximately 67.2% of the Bancorp's outstanding common stock after giving effect to the Merger.

        U.S. GAAP requires that a company whose security holders retain the majority voting interest in the combined business be treated as the acquirer for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the Merger was accounted for as a reverse acquisition whereby PBB was treated as the acquirer for accounting and financial reporting purposes. Therefore, the net assets and liabilities of PBB were carried forward in the Merger at the historical cost basis; whereas the assets, liabilities and non-controlling interest of the Company were reported at fair value. The fair value of the Company's common stock was valued by an independent appraiser, who applied several valuation techniques to arrive at their opinion of value, which resulted in a value of the consideration in the Merger of $19.8 million.

        To determine the fair values at the date of the Merger, the Company engaged third party valuation specialists to assist in the process of valuing the loan portfolio, time deposits, real estate property and the Bancorp's common stock. Mortgage servicing assets, derivative instruments, loans held for sale, debt and lease arrangements were valued through internal models, all of which utilize a methodology based on discounted cash flows. Personal property and equipment were valued at their depreciated balances, and the receivable from broker was valued at par as it represents the cash settlement of loans sold. Goodwill of $7.4 million was recorded, which is equal to the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in connection with the Merger.

        Prior to the Merger the balance sheets, statements of operations, and statements of cash flow reflect only the operations of PBB. Following the Merger, the statements of operations reflect the operations of both PBB and the Company. The number of shares issued and outstanding, additional paid-in capital and all references to share quantities of the Company in these notes have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the equivalent number of shares issued by the Company in the Merger, while PBB's historical equity is being carried forward. Acquisition costs incurred during 2012 totaled approximately $1.2 million attributable to the Merger and have been included in professional fees in the statements of operations in 2012. Additionally, the Company incurred severance costs related to the Merger that totaled $1.4 million during 2012.

        The following table is a condensed balance sheet showing the preliminary fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed as of May 31, 2012, the date of the Merger; the fair values are

114


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 22: BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Continued)

preliminary as they are subject adjustment based upon the receipt of final appraisals and valuation reports for the value of consideration and core deposit intangibles (dollars in thousands):

Assets:

       

Total cash and cash equivalents

  $ 21,550  

Investment securities available for sale

    8,239  

Loans held for sale

    76,390  

Loans held for investment

    99,971  

Premises and equipment

    5,534  

Investment in limited partnership

    2,756  

Core deposit intangible

    1,156  

Receivable from broker

    6,729  

Mortgage servicing rights

    1,877  

Mortgage banking derivatives

    1,985  

Other assets

    6,956  

Goodwill

    7,396  
       

Total assets

  $ 240,539  
       

Liabilities:

       

Deposits

  $ 199,633  

Borrowings

    16,034  

Other liabilities

    5,049  
       

Total liabilities

  $ 220,716  
       

Total consideration—common stock

  $ 19,823  

        Included in the table above are loans with fair values totaling approximately $36.8 million which were not subjected to the requirements of ASC 310-30 but have instead been accounted for in accordance with ASC 310-20. At the date of the Merger, the gross contractual amounts receivable for these loans totaled approximately $41.0 million with an estimated $40.0 million expected to be collected.

        The fair value of the non-controlling interest in MCM was determined to be zero at the Merger date, based on the Company's evaluation and conclusion thereon as to the fair value of the underlying assets and liabilities of MCM.

        Goodwill recorded in the Merger resulted from the expected synergies of the combined operations of the newly merged entities as well as intangibles that do not qualify for separate recognition such as the acquired workforce. There is no tax deductible goodwill in the transaction.

115


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 22: BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Continued)

        The following supplementary pro forma information is provided in accordance with ASC 805:

 
  Revenues
(interest
income)
  Net income
(loss)
 
 
  (unaudited,
in thousands)

 

Acquired entity actual January 1, 2012 through May 31, 2012

  $ 3,419   $ (2,992 )

Supplemental pro forma combined for:

             

January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012

  $ 19,913   $ (1,119 )

January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011

  $ 21,989   $ (7,163 )

        The pro forma information for 2012 was adjusted to exclude approximately $1.2 million of acquisition costs incurred in 2012; no such costs were included in the 2011 pro forma information above.

Rights Offering

        In conjunction with the Merger, we agreed to conduct a rights offering to all shareholders of the Bancorp, excluding Carpenter Fund Manager GP, LLC and its affiliated investment funds (the "Carpenter Funds"), in an amount not to exceed $10 million. Beginning on December 20, 2012 we conducted an offering of up to 2,212,389 shares our common stock to the Company's shareholders. The holders of record of our common stock as of 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on November 28, 2012, referred to as the record date, received one nontransferable subscription right for every two shares of common stock owned on the record date. The Carpenter Funds did not receive any subscription rights and were not entitled to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Each subscription right entitled each shareholder of record to a basic subscription right and an over-subscription privilege. Under the basic subscription right, the shareholder was entitled to purchase one share of our common stock at a subscription price of $4.52 per share. Under the over-subscription privilege, upon exercise of all of their basic subscription rights, the shareholder was entitled to subscribe, at the same subscription price, for an unlimited number of additional shares of common stock, provided that (i) no shareholder could own more than 4.9% of our common stock, and (ii) the aggregate subscription price of all shares of common stock purchased in the rights offering could not exceed $10 million.

        The offering expired at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, on January 25, 2013. As a result of the offering, we received basic subscriptions for a total of 152,411 shares of common stock representing gross proceeds of $689 thousand. None of our shareholders exercised their over-subscription rights.

Note 23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

        Current accounting literature defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. It also establishes a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and

116


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The literature describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

            Level 1:    Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

            Level 2:    Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data, either directly or indirectly. This would include those financial instruments that are valued using models or other valuation methodologies where substantially all of the assumptions are observable in the marketplace, can be derived from observable market data or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace.

            Level 3:    Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a Company's own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Assets measured using Level 3 are for positions that are not traded in active markets or are subject to transfer restrictions, and or where valuations are adjusted to reflect illiquidity and or non-transferability. These assumptions are not corroborated by market data. This is comprised of financial instruments whose fair value is estimated based on internally developed models or methodologies utilizing significant inputs that are generally less readily observable from objective sources. Management uses a combination of reviews of the underlying financial statements, appraisals and management's judgment regarding credit quality to determine the value of the financial asset or liability.

        The following table summarizes the Company's assets and liabilities which were measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 
  December 31, 2012  
Description of Asset/Liability
  Balance   Quoted Price in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Measured on a recurring basis:

                         

Available-for-sale securities

  $ 8,364   $   $ 8,364   $  

Loans held for sale

    96,014             96,014  

Derivative asset for rate lock commitments

    1,147             1,147  

Derivative asset for forward sale commitments

    255             255  

Mortgage servicing rights

    5,123             5,123  

Derivative liability for forward sale commitments

    235             235  

Measured on a non-recurring basis:

                         

Impaired loans—collateral dependent

    549             549  

Impaired loans—cash flow dependent

    1,278             1,278  

Other real estate owned

    3,581             3,581  

117


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)


 
  December 31, 2011  
Description of Asset/Liability
  Balance   Quoted Price in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Measured on a recurring basis:

                         

Available-for-sale securities

  $ 9,460   $ 1,518   $ 7,456   $ 486  

Measured on a non-recurring basis:

                         

Impaired loans—collateral dependent

    524             524  

Impaired loans—cash flow dependent

    1,924             1,924  

Other real estate owned

    3,581             3,581  

        The following table provides a roll-forward of items reported at fair value on a recurring basis which are classified as Level 3 inputs.

 
  For the Year Ended December 31, 2012  
 
  Mortgage loans
held for sale
  Mortgage
servicing rights
  Interest rate lock
commitments, net
  Forward delivery
commitments, net
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance, beginning of period

  $   $   $   $  

Balance acquired in Merger

    76,390     1,877     1,944     42  

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)

    358     (1,124 )   (789 )   1,432  

Purchases

    653,075              

Issuances

        4,370          

Settlements

    (633,294 )       (8 )   (1,219 )

Moved to portfolio

    (515 )                

Transfers into Level 3

                 

Transfers out of Level 3

                 
                   

Balance, end of period

  $ 96,014   $ 5,123   $ 1,147   $ 255  
                   

        The following is a summary description of the valuation methodologies for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value:

    Fair values for available-for-sale securities, including our private label MBS, are provided by a third-party broker/dealer, Vining Sparks, who obtains values through nationally recognized pricing services, primarily Interactive Data Corporation ("IDC"). IDC utilizes real time market price discovery along with actual security performance including cash flow structure to determine market values. If quoted market prices are not available, the fair value is determined by a matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the securities industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the relationship of securities to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2 inputs). Based on the December 31, 2012 valuation analysis, we believe the Company will receive all principal and interest due to each security.

118


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

    The Bank records its loans held for sale at fair value for all loans originated by the Bank as well as all loans which were both purchased and hedged. The fair value of loans originated by the Bank which are held for sale to private investors is based on the price of a forward sale contract for delivery of similar loans within 15 days of period end. The fair value of loans originated by the Bank which are held for sale to government-sponsored entities is based on the delivery price for the loans into mortgaged backed to-be-announced securities ("TBAs") plus the estimated value of the associated MSR, the value of which is derived in a manner consistent with the MSR methodology described below. The fair value of purchased loans that are both held for sale and hedged is derived by adjusting each loan's purchase price for the estimated change in value arising from changes in interest rates subsequent to each loan's purchase date. The carrying values of loans held for sale and reported at the lower of cost or fair value approximate their fair values, primarily due to the variable nature of their interest rates and/or the short amount of time these loans typically remain on the Bank's balance sheet (i.e., less than 30 days).

    The fair value of rate lock commitments is based on the estimated future cash flows associated with each loan being locked as of period end. These future cash flows primarily consist of the anticipated price for each loan that will be paid by investors, net of each loan's par balance, plus any anticipated loan fees that will be paid by borrowers less any loan origination expenses that will be incurred by the Bank. The net amount of these cash flows is adjusted for the estimated probability of that each loan will be funded successfully (i.e., "pull through rate").

    The fair value of forward contracts (TBAs) is based on quoted prices for identical instruments as derived from Bloomberg as of the measurement date.

    The fair value of forward sale agreements is based on the change in the price investors would pay for loans as of the date each forward sale agreement is executed compared with the estimated price investors would pay for identical loans as of period end. Also, the Bank elected to record its "best efforts" forward sale agreements at fair value during the third quarter of 2011 for all forward sale agreements that were not deemed to be derivatives but qualified for fair value accounting. The value of "best efforts" forward sale agreements is adjusted for anticipated pull through rates.

    The fair value of MSRs related to the portfolio of loans being serviced for others is determined by computing the present value of the expected net servicing income from the servicing portfolio. Although the sales of MSRs do occur, MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily available observable prices; therefore, the precise terms and conditions of sales are not available. Key assumptions incorporated into the MSR valuation model and the MSR sensitivity analysis can be found in Note 6. The book value of our MSRs reflects their fair value, not their market value. Given current market conditions, we likely would realize a material loss if we were to sell our servicing portfolio in the current market. Market conditions could change favorably or unfavorably in the future.

    The fair value of impaired loans is based on an evaluation at the time the loan is originally identified as impaired, and periodically thereafter, at the lower of cost or fair value. Fair value on impaired loans is measured based on the value of the collateral securing these loans, if the loan is collateral dependent, or based on the discounted cash flows for non-collateral dependent loans, and are classified at a Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. For impaired loans that are not TDRs, the

119


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

      discount rate applied to cash flows is the loans effective rate. For TDRs, the discount rate is the estimated market rate for borrowers and loans with similar characteristics. Collateral on collateral dependent loans may be real estate and/or business assets including equipment, inventory and/or accounts receivable and is determined based on appraisals performed by qualified licensed appraisers hired by the Company. These loans fall within the Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Appraised and reported values may be discounted based on management's historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, and/or management's expertise and knowledge of the client and client's business. Such discounts are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. For unsecured loans, the estimated future discounted cash flows of the business or borrower, are used in evaluating the fair value. Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the same factors identified above.

        The following are summary descriptions of the valuation methodologies used for estimating fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value:

    The carrying amounts for cash, due from banks, and federal funds sold approximate their fair values due to the overnight maturity nature of these assets.

    The carrying amounts for time deposits at financial institutions approximate their fair values due to the relatively short term nature of these assets which have an average maturity of four months.

    The fair value for loans held for investment (net) is estimated by discounting their expected future cash flows using current offer rates for similar loans, adjusted by the Company's allowance for loan losses.

    The carrying amounts for non-marketable securities, consisting of stock at the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank, are a reasonable estimate of fair value.

    The carrying amount for the Bank's investment in MIMS-1 is a reasonable estimate of fair value, primarily due to short-term holding period for the underlying investments of this fund. The lack of observable inputs results in the classification of the investments as Level 3.

    The carrying amounts for accrued interest receivable are a reasonable estimate of fair value.

    The disclosed fair values of demand deposits, money market accounts, and savings accounts are equal to the amounts payable on demand, or carrying amounts, at the reporting date. Since the expected life of these accounts significantly exceeds their overnight maturity, the disclosed fair values understate the premium a willing buyer likely would pay for these financial instruments. The fair values of certificates of deposit are estimated by discounting their expected future cash flows by current rates paid for deposits with similar remaining maturities and are considered to be Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

    The fair values of FHLB fixed-rate term borrowings are estimated by discounting their expected future cash flows by current rates charged for borrowings with similar remaining maturities. The carrying amounts for overnight FHLB borrowings approximate their fair values due to their one-day maturity. The fair value of the Bank's mortgage note was estimated by discounting its expected future cash flows using an estimated current rate for a similar loan. The carrying amount

120


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

      for the Company's borrowings under the Credit Agreement is a reasonable estimate of their fair value and is considered to be Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

    The carrying amounts for accrued interest payable are a reasonable estimate of fair value.

        The following disclosure of the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments is based on available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. Since considerable judgment is required to estimate fair values, the estimates presented below are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could have realized in a current market exchange as of December 31, 2012 or 2011. The use of different market assumptions or valuation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

        The tables below present the carrying amounts and fair values of the Company's financial instruments as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Carrying
Value
  Estimated Fair
Value
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Financial Assets:

             

Cash and due from banks

  $ 6,949   $ 6,949  

Federal funds sold

    33,221     33,221  

Time deposits—other financial institutions

    829     829  

Investment securities—available for sale

    8,364     8,364  

Loans held for sale, at fair value

    96,014     96,014  

Loans held for investment, net

    275,029     273,846  

FHLB stock and Federal Reserve stock

    4,526     4,526  

Investment in Limited Partnership Fund

    6,655     6,655  

Derivative asset for rate lock commitments

    1,147     1,147  

Derivative asset for forward sale commitments

    255     255  

Mortgage servicing rights

    5,123     5,123  

Accrued interest receivable

    754     754  

Financial Liabilities:

             

Non-interest bearing demand deposits

  $ 125,254   $ 125,254  

Interest-bearing demand deposits, savings, money market accounts

    161,198     161,198  

Certificates of deposits

    96,879     96,998  

FHLB advances and borrowings

    19,590     19,587  

Derivative liability for forward sale commitments

    235     235  

Accrued interest payable

    53     53  

121


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)


 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Carrying
Value
  Estimated Fair
Value
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Financial Assets:

             

Cash and due from banks

  $ 6,779   $ 6,779  

Federal funds sold

    38,756     38,756  

Time deposits—other financial institutions

    3,952     3,952  

Investment securities—available for sale

    9,460     9,460  

Loans held for investment, net

    166,381     165,755  

FHLB stock and Federal Reserve stock

    1,986     1,986  

Accrued interest receivable

    675     675  

Financial Liabilities:

             

Non-interest bearing demand deposits

  $ 70,188   $ 70,188  

Interest-bearing demand deposits, savings, money market accounts

    73,158     73,158  

Certificates of deposits

    57,806     58,200  

Accrued interest payable

    61     61  

        The fair values of the Company's financial instruments typically will change when market interest rates change and that change may be either favorable or unfavorable to the Company. As a result, management attempts to match the expected cash flows of the Company's financial instruments to the extent believed necessary to maintain the risk of adverse changes in the net value of the Company's financial instruments within acceptable levels. However, borrowers with fixed rate obligations are less likely to prepay in a rising rate environment and more likely to prepay in a falling rate environment. Also, depositors who are receiving fixed rates are more likely to withdraw funds before maturity in a rising rate environment and less likely to do so in a falling rate environment. Since the extent to which borrowers and depositors will respond to potential future changes in market rates is difficult to accurately forecast, management relies on myriad assumptions and utilizes considerable judgment when managing the potential risk of adverse changes in the net values of the Company's financial instruments.

        The fair value of commitments is based on an index plus a margin to a market rate of interest and are reported at the carrying value of the loan commitment. Loan commitments on which the committed fixed interest rate is less than the current market rate were insignificant at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

122


Table of Contents


MANHATTAN BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Note 24. OTHER NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

        The following table lists the major components of the Company's other non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Business development

  $ 805   $ 358  

Loan origination and collection expenses

    567     250  

Bank charges

    490     160  

Insurance

    384     138  

Office supplies and postage

    358     274  

Business travel

    263     117  

Miscellaneous

    442     301  

Contingency reserves

    (610 )   346  
           

Total other non-interest expense

  $ 2,699   $ 1,944  
           

123


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        None.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act), designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the our management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

        The Company's management, with the participation of our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on such evaluation, our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company's principal executive and principal financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company's financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

        As of December 31, 2012, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO"). Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 is effective.

Changes in Internal Control

        During the fourth quarter of 2012 the Company's Chief Financial Officer resigned and the Company hired an interim Chief Financial Officer. As a result of this management change, certain changes were made in the Company's process of valuing its MSRs. Specifically, the Company engaged a third party firm to evaluate the methodologies used in valuing the MSRs and this firm made recommendations to improve the valuation process. The Company adopted the recommendations made regarding the valuation of its MSRs and those were implemented and made effective as of June 30, 2012. The change in the value of the Company's MSRs as of June 30, 2012 was not material. There were no other changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting in the fourth quarter of 2012 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

        Our Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of the Company's independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting pursuant to SEC guidance for non-accelerated filers.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

        None.

124


Table of Contents


PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors of the Company

        The following table identifies our directors and provides their ages and current positions with the Company as of December 31, 2012. The term of each of our directors will continue until our 2013 annual meeting of shareholders or until the director's successor has been elected and qualified or until the director's death, resignation or removal. Biographical information for each of our directors is provided below.

Name
  Age   Position
J. Grant Couch(3)     64   Director, Chairman of the Board
Terry L. Robinson(2)(3)     65   Director, Chief Executive Officer
Chris W. Caras, Jr.      38   Director
Harry W. Chenoweth(2)     71   Director
John D. Flemming(2)     54   Director
Gary C. Wallace(1)(3)     58   Director
James B. Jones(1)(2)(3)     53   Director
Louis P. Smaldino(1)     70   Director
Stephen P. Yost     67   Director
Michael A. Zoeller(1)(2)(3)     71   Director

(1)
Audit & Risk Committee

(2)
Compensation, Corporate Governance & HR Committee

(3)
Asset/Liability Committee

J. Grant Couch, Jr.
Director since 2009
Chairman of the Board since 2010

        Mr. Couch, 64, is an experienced financial services professional. Prior to his retirement in 2008, Mr. Couch served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Countrywide Capital Markets, a subsidiary of Countrywide Financial Corporation and an institutional broker-dealer primarily specializing in trading and underwriting mortgage-backed securities. He began his career in 1971 with the New York-based commercial bank, Manufacturers Hanover Trust. In 1976, Mr. Couch began his fixed income career in New York investment banks, with his primary responsibilities focused on management and trading in mortgage backed securities. He has held positions in J. Henry Schroeder Banking Corp, Dean Witter Reynolds, Bear Stearns & Company, Wheat First Securities, Merrion Group LLC, and Sandler O'Neill. Mr. Couch holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering and an M.B.A. with an emphasis in Finance from Lehigh University.

        Skills, knowledge and values:    Over thirty-five years of experience in financial services, including ten years in commercial banking.

Terry L. Robinson
Director since 2010

        Mr. Robinson, 65, has served as Chief Executive Officer of Manhattan Bancorp since January 2011. Prior to joining Manhattan Bancorp, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Plaza Bank, an Irvine, California-based bank with approximately $360 million in assets, from June 2009 to December 2010. Before joining Plaza Bank, Mr. Robinson was President and Chief Executive Officer of The Vintage Bank and its parent company, North Bay Bancorp, based in Napa, California, where he was employed from 1988

125


Table of Contents

until its sale in 2007. Under his leadership, Vintage grew from $26 million to $675 million in assets. Mr. Robinson holds a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Idaho, and an M.B.A. with an emphasis in Finance from the University of California at Berkeley. He has held Certified Public Accountant licenses for both Idaho and California.

        Skills, knowledge and values:    Mr. Robinson possesses particular knowledge and experience operating financial institutions, as well as strategic planning and finance, that strengthen the board of directors' collective qualifications, skills and experience.

Chris W. Caras, Jr.
Director since 2006

        Mr. Caras, 38, has served as Senior Vice President at Grubb & Ellis Company, a commercial real estate advisory firm, since 2005. Mr. Caras has also served as Property Manager for Car-Gin Property Management, where he oversees the management, design and construction of office, apartment and retail properties in Southern California, since 1996. Mr. Caras was an Associate in the Los Angeles office of Studley, a commercial real estate brokerage company, from 1999 to 2002. In 2002, Mr. Caras joined Newmark of Southern California, Inc., where he coordinated the expansion of this New York real estate brokerage firm to Southern California. Mr. Caras founded Caras Homes, Inc., a residential development company specializing in the development of condominiums and single-family homes in the South Bay region of Los Angeles County, in 2000. Mr. Caras is a California Licensed Salesperson and a State Licensed Contractor. He holds a B.A. in Urban Development and City Planning from the University of California, Berkeley.

        Skills, knowledge and values:    Extensive knowledge in construction/development from eleven years of residential speculation development. Expertise in the valuation of commercial properties from fifteen years of commercial real estate brokerage experience.

Harry W. Chenoweth
Director since 2007

        Mr. Chenoweth, 71, served as interim Chief Executive Officer of Manhattan Bancorp from February 2010 to March 2010 and from October 2010 to January 2011. He served as Executive Vice President and Manager of the Southern California Banking Group of Imperial Bank from 1996 to his retirement from banking in 2001, and in various capacities with Union Bank of California from 1969 to 1996. Mr. Chenoweth last served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Barrister Executive Suites, LLC, a property management company offering full-service executive office space for short and long-term leases, from 2001 to 2004. Mr. Chenoweth holds a B.S. from Wittenberg University and an M.B.A. from Bowling Green University.

        Skills, knowledge and values:    Thirty-five years of commercial banking experience in various executive positions; and four years as an officer in the United States Navy.

John D. Flemming
Director since 2009

        Mr. Flemming, 54, is President and Chief Operating Officer of Carpenter & Company and a Managing Member of the general partner for the Carpenter Community BancFunds. Mr. Flemming has been associated with Carpenter & Company for over 20 years, and today oversees all activities of the firm. He was appointed President of Carpenter & Company in 1991, and during his tenure has built, managed, and supervised the government asset management practice, the broker/dealer subsidiary, the investment banking function, and private equity activities. Since May 2012, Mr. Flemming has served as director of Pacific Mercantile Bancorp and Pacific Mercantile Bank. Mr. Flemming is a magna cum laude graduate of

126


Table of Contents

Harvard College and holds General Securities Principal and Representative licenses. Mr. Flemming was appointed as a director of Manhattan Bancorp pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated May 1, 2008, by and between Carpenter Fund Manager GP, LLC ("Fund Manager") and the Manhattan Bancorp, which agreement provides Fund Manager with the right to appoint one representative to the Board of Directors of Manhattan Bancorp for so long as the certain affiliates of Fund Manager own at least 10% of the issued and outstanding shares of Manhattan Bancorp.

        Skills, knowledge and values:    Strong analytical, structuring, communication and managerial skills, as well as a strong strategic understanding of the banking industry and contact with senior management of hundreds of banking companies and federal regulators.

James B. Jones
Director since 2012

        Mr. Jones, 53, is an Executive Vice President of Carpenter & Company, an Irvine based investment banking and consulting firm, which has served the community banking industry for over 35 years. Mr. Jones is also a Managing Member and founding partner of Fund Manager. Mr. Jones joined Carpenter & Company in 1992. Since 1997 he has had direct day-to-day management of the firm's de novo banking practice, acting as the firm's senior liaison to bankers, regulators, and other professionals in the process of creating new community banks. Mr. Jones also serves as a director of Plaza Bank, Irvine, California. Mr. Jones is a graduate of the University of Southern California's School of Business Administration, is a licensed California Real Estate Broker, and holds General Securities Principal and Representative licenses. Mr. Jones was appointed as a director of Manhattan Bancorp pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger and reorganization, dated November 21, 2011, by and among, Fund Manager, Manhattan Bancorp, the Bank, CGB Holdings, Inc. and Professional Business Bank.

        Skills, knowledge and values:    Strong analytical, structuring, communication and managerial skills, as well as a strong strategic understanding of the banking industry and contact with senior management of hundreds of banking companies and federal regulators.

Louis P. Smaldino
Director since 2012

        Mr. Smaldino, 70, was the President and owner from 1971 - 2010 of Mr. S Liquor Marts, Inc., a chain of liquor/convenience stores located in the San Gabriel Valley and throughout Southern California; he has also been the owner of Gateway Management Company, a real estate management and development company in Whittier, California, since 1986. From 1965 to 1969 Mr. Smaldino, a Certified Public Accountant, worked for the public accounting firm of Ernst and Ernst. Mr. Smaldino also served as a director from 1975 to 1982, and as President of the Temple City Chamber of Commerce during the period from 1981 to 1982. Mr. Smaldino received his Bachelor of Business Administration with a major in accounting from Loyola University, Los Angeles, California and his MBA in Finance from University of Southern California, Los Angeles.

        Skills, knowledge and values:    Approximately 40 years of retail experience, 30 years in commercial real estate management and ownership, and former Certified Public Accountant working in both private and public sectors.

Gary C. Wallace
Director since 2012

        Mr. Wallace, 58, has worked over 30 years in various capacities in the financial industry, principally related to corporate governance. Mr. Wallace retired as a KPMG Audit Partner Specialist in Banking and Investment Services in 2005, having served as head of the Northern California Financial Institutions

127


Table of Contents

Practice. Following his retirement, Mr. Wallace served as a director and member of the Audit Committee of North Bay Bancorp and subsidiary The Vintage Bank from 2006 through April 2007, when such companies were sold. Since 2008, Mr. Wallace has provided consulting services to various banks, private equity firms, venture capital firms and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

        Skills, knowledge and values:    Over 35 years of experience in the banking and investment services industries. Has served on the Board of Directors of an SEC Registrant California Bank Holding Company, has consulted extensively with various bank and investment regulatory entities, and is an inactive licensed Certified Public Accountant in the State of California.

Stephen P. Yost
Director since 2006

        Mr. Yost, 67, has served as a Principal of Kestrel Advisors, a consulting firm focused on the banking, financial and legal communities, since 2007, and as a member of the board of directors of Mission Community Bancorp and its subsidiaries, Mission Community Bank and Mission Asset Management, Inc., since 2010. In 2006, Mr. Yost retired from Comerica Bank after 35 years in the banking industry. For 26 years of his banking career, Mr. Yost was associated with First Interstate Bank of California until 1996. In 1996, Mr. Yost joined the Los Angeles-based Mellon Bank, NA as the Senior Credit Officer for the West Coast, holding responsibility over credit approvals for large corporate and middle-market banking portfolios. In 1998, Mr. Yost joined Imperial Bank as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer and remained after the Comerica acquisition in 2001 as Executive Vice President and Regional Chief Credit Officer, with credit responsibilities over the Southern California and Arizona region and co-responsibilities for Northern California. From 2004 until his retirement in 2006, Mr. Yost was Executive Vice President and manager of Special Asset Group, Western Region, for Comerica Bank. Mr. Yost holds a B.S. in Economics from St. Mary's College in Moraga, California and an M.B.A. from the University of Santa Clara.

        Skills, knowledge and values:    Forty years of experience in banking, with a focus on risk management. Has developed and taught risk management classes to fellow bankers. Previously, an adjunct professor at Golden Gate University in San Francisco, teaching banking courses in a graduate program.

Michael A. Zoeller
Director since 2012

        Mr. Zoeller, 71, has been the President and co-owner of Riedon, Inc., an Alhambra, California-based manufacturer of wirewound, thick film and metal foil resistor products, since 1996. Previously, Mr. Zoeller served in multiple capacities at Imo Industries, Inc., both in Pasadena and San Dimas, California, serving from 1986 to 1995 as Vice President and General Manager of Imo Industries' CEC Instruments Division, and from 1983 to 1986 as the Division Manager of Engineering. From 1973 to 1983 Mr. Zoeller served in a number of technical management positions with Bell and Howell, E&IG, including Chief Engineer, Magnetic Heads; Manager, Research; and Division Manager, Engineering, ultimately serving as Vice President of Magnetic Operations from 1980 to 1983. Mr. Zoeller received a B.S. degree in Mechanical Engineering from University of Wisconsin and a Masters degree in Engineering and a Ph.D. in Engineering Science from Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana.

        Skills, knowledge and values:    Over 25 years experience in the technical and general management of electronic manufacturing operations. Current executive responsibilities include the oversight of marketing and finance activities. Member of a number of non-profit Boards of Directors and a former member of the Board of Councilors of the University of Southern California School of Pharmacy.

128


Table of Contents

Audit Committee Financial Expert

        The Board of Directors of Manhattan Bancorp has determined that each member of the Audit & Risk Committee has sufficient accounting or related financial management expertise to serve on the Audit & Risk Committee and that Gary C. Wallace meets the qualifications of an "audit committee financial expert" as the term is defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC, and is "independent" within the meaning of the listing standards of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules.

Executive Officers of the Company

        The following table identifies our executive officers of the Company and provides their ages and current positions with the Company as of December 31, 2012. The biographical information for each such person, other than Terry L. Robinson, whose biography is provided under the heading "Directors of the Company," is provided below.

Name
  Age   Position

Terry L. Robinson

    65   Director, Chief Executive Officer

Curt A. Christianssen

    52   Interim Chief Financial Officer

Richard L. Sowers

    38   Executive Vice President

Russell Hossain

    43   Executive Vice President

John A. Nerland

    48   President

Curt A. Christianssen
Interim Chief Financial Officer

        Mr. Christianssen, 52, joined Manhattan Bancorp and the Bank on an interim basis in 2012 while retaining his role as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Carpenter Community BancFund, a private equity-funded bank holding company, CCFW, Inc. d/b/a Carpenter & Company, a bank consulting firm, and Seapower Carpenter Capital, Inc., a broker/dealer subsidiary of CCFW. He has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Carpenter Community BancFund since 1999. From 1996 to 1999 Mr. Christianssen served as Chief Financial Officer and Director of Corporate Development for Dartmouth Capital Group and Eldorado Bancshares, Inc. From 1993 until its acquisition in 1996 by Eldorado Bancshares, Mr. Christianssen served as Chief Financial Officer of Liberty National Bank. Mr. Christianssen had previously served as Chief Financial Officer of Olympic National Bank from 1991 to 1993, as Chief Financial Officer of two financial institutions under the control of the Resolution Trust Corporation and as a Senior Management Consultant with the Ernst & Young firm. In addition, Mr. Christianssen served in a variety of financial positions with Continental Ministries and Colorado National Bancshares.

Russell Hossain
Executive Vice President

        Mr. Hossain, 43, has served as Executive Vice President of Mortgage Lending for the Bank since August 2010. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Hossain was the National Sales Director for the Retail Division of a major Midwestern mortgage originator, and also served as Director of the firm's Wholesale Division; in these capacities Mr. Hossain steered the firm to substantial growth, making it one of the largest Mortgage Bankers in the U.S. Mr. Hossain's experience in the mortgage encompasses the entire mortgage origination process, with positions in operations, secondary marketing and sales.

129


Table of Contents

John A. Nerland
President

        Mr. Nerland, 48, has more than 26 years of experience in lending and business banking. Mr. Nerland joined the Bank as President and Chief Operating Office in May 2012 following the Company's acquisition of Professional Business Bank. He served Professional Business Bank as its President and Chief Banking Officer from May 2011 until May 2012. Previously, from August 2007 to December 2010, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer for California Oaks State Bank, Thousand Oaks, California, until the sale of that bank in December 2010. Mr. Nerland was President and CEO of Solano Bank, Vacaville, California and Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of The Vintage Bank in Napa Valley, California. Both Solano Bank and The Vintage Bank were owned by North Bay Bancorp where he was an Executive Vice President from 2002 to 2007. Mr. Nerland also held various positions for Civic Bank of Commerce from 1999 to 2002 including Region Manager and various positions with WestAmerica Bank from 1986 to 1999, including Regional Vice President of WestAmerica's San Rafael Region. Mr. Nerland received his B.S. in finance from Arizona State University and an M.B.A. from San Francisco State University.

Richard L. Sowers
Executive Vice President

        Mr. Sowers, 38, has served as Executive Vice President of the Company since June 2009 and as Executive Vice President and Chief Business Officer of the Bank since January 2011. He previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank from January 2009 to January 2011, and as Executive Vice President/Operations of the Bank from June 2008 to January 2009. Prior to joining Manhattan Bancorp, Mr. Sowers served as a management consultant to the financial services industry from 1998 to 2008, with his most recent experience with CAST Management Consultants where he served as Vice President and a senior member of the management team in their Organizational Effectiveness and Revenue Enhancement practices.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

        Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires our directors and executive officers, as well as persons who own more than ten percent of Manhattan Bancorp's common stock, to file initial reports of beneficial ownership of Manhattan Bancorp's common stock and reports of changes in beneficial ownership of Manhattan Bancorp's common stock with the SEC. Directors, executive officers and greater-than ten percent stockholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish Manhattan Bancorp with copies of all forms they file pursuant to Section 16(a). During 2012, Mr. Smaldino failed to file two Form 4s and one Form 3 on a timely basis, disclosing three transactions total; Mr. Zoeller failed to file one Form 3 on a timely basis, disclosing one transaction; Mr. Jones failed to file one Form 4 and one Form 3 on a timely basis, disclosing two transactions total; Mr. Flemming failed to file two Form 4s on a timely basis, disclosing 2 transactions total; and Carpenter Fund Manager GP, LLC failed to file one Form 4 and one Form 3 on a timely basis, disclosing two transactions total.

Code of Conduct

        Manhattan Bancorp has adopted a Code of Conduct applicable to all of its directors, officers and employees, including the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and persons performing similar functions, which can be found on Manhattan Bancorp's website at www.thebankofmanhattan.com. The Code sets forth Manhattan Bancorp's values and expectations regarding ethical and lawful conduct and is also intended to deter wrongdoing, to promote honest and ethical conduct, and compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

130


Table of Contents

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Named Executive Officers

        Each individual who served as the principal executive officer of Manhattan Bancorp during 2012 and the two most highly compensated executive officers other than the principal executive officer who were serving as executive officers at December 31, 2012, are referred to as the "Named Executive Officers."


Summary Executive Compensation Table

        The following table sets forth certain summary compensation information for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, with respect to each of the Named Executive Officers.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary(1)   Bonus(2)   Option
Awards(3)
  All Other
Compensation(4)
  Total  

Terry L. Robinson

    2012   $ 250,000   $ 100,000   $   $ 9,236   $ 359,236  

Chief Executive Officer

    2011   $ 250,000   $   $ 114,400   $ 13,980   $ 378,380  

Richard L. Sowers

   
2012
 
$

220,000
 
$

121,491
 
$

 
$

21,719
 
$

363,210
 

Executive Vice President

    2011   $ 209,952   $ 75,000   $   $ 26,120   $ 311,072  

Russell Hossain

   
2012
 
$

238,000
 
$

 
$

 
$

235,254
 
$

473,254
 

Executive Vice President

    2011   $ 238,000   $   $   $ 57,492   $ 295,492  

Christian D. Salceda

   
2012
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

1,390,675
 
$

1,390,675
 

Senior Vice President

    2011   $   $   $   $   $  

(1)
Salary amount includes amounts deferred under Manhattan Bancorp's 401(k) Plan. The 401(k) Plan permits participants to contribute a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis (subject to a statutory maximum), which contributions vest immediately when made. Manhattan Bancorp's policy, for employees with one month of service, is to match 100% up to the first 3% of the employee contribution and to match 50% up to the next 2% of any additional employee contribution not to exceed in total 5% of such employee's annual compensation. The employer match is vested annually over four years from the employees hire date.

(2)
During 2012 and 2011, all bonuses were determined by the Compensation, Corporate Governance & HR Committee and were discretionary.

(3)
Represents the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model.

(4)
Includes perquisites and other compensation. Additional information regarding other compensation, including perquisites that in the aggregate exceeded $10,000 for an individual, is provided in the "Components of All Other Compensation" table below.

131


Table of Contents


Components of All Other Compensation

        The components of the "All Other Compensation" column in the Summary Compensation Table, including perquisites that in the aggregate exceeded $10,000 for an individual, are detailed in the following table:

Name
  Year   Cost of
Auto Provided
  Club
Memberships
and Dues
  401(k)
Employer
Contributions
  Commission   Total  

Terry L. Robinson

    2012   $   $ 3,180   $ 6,056   $   $ 9,236  

    2011   $   $ 4,180   $ 9,800   $   $ 13,980  

Richard L. Sowers

   
2012
 
$

12,000
 
$

4,320
 
$

5,399
 
$

 
$

21,719
 

    2011   $ 12,000   $ 4,320   $ 9,800   $   $ 26,120  

Russell Hossain

   
2012
 
$

 
$

4,320
 
$

7,500
 
$

223,434

(1)

$

235,254
 

    2011   $ 6,000   $ 4,320   $ 9,800   $ 37,372   $ 57,492  

Christian D. Salceda

   
2012
 
$

 
$

3,180
 
$

 
$

1,387,495

(2)

$

1,390,675
 

    2011   $   $   $   $   $  

(1)
Includes commissions paid based on residential mortgage loans originated and funded by the Company's mortgage division.

(2)
Includes commissions paid based on residential mortgage loans originated by Mr. Salceda and funded by the Company and also residential mortgage loans originated and funded by the Company's mortgage division.

Employment Agreements

Terry L. Robinson

        On November 23, 2010, Manhattan Bancorp and Bank of Manhattan, N.A. entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Robinson, pursuant to which Mr. Robinson would serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of Manhattan Bancorp and of Bank of Manhattan, effective on January 1, 2011 (the "Robinson Agreement"). The Robinson Agreement was amended on April 28, 2011. The Robinson Agreement has an initial term of two years and provides an annual base salary of $250,000. In addition, bonuses could be paid at the discretion of the Board of Directors of Manhattan Bancorp (the "Manhattan Board"). The Robinson Agreement also provided Mr. Robinson with vacation benefits, medical and other insurance benefits, reimbursement for reasonable relocation expenses and ordinary and necessary business expenses, and a country club membership. Pursuant to the Robinson Agreement, Mr. Robinson was provided with two option awards each to purchase 40,000 shares of Manhattan Bancorp common stock, with the first award vesting in three installments of 33.33% per year beginning one year after the date of grant and the second award vesting over a period of three years and following the achievement of performance benchmarks to be determined by the Manhattan Board. In the event the employment of Mr. Robinson is terminated without cause by Manhattan Bancorp and/or Bank of Manhattan or by Mr. Robinson for good reason (each, as defined in the Robinson Agreement), Mr. Robinson will be entitled to receive his base salary through the date of termination, any accrued but unused vacation pay as of the date of termination, any incurred but unreimbursed business expenses and separation pay equal to twelve months of his then current annual base salary.

        On March 26, 2009 the Bank and Rick Sowers entered into a First Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the "Sowers Amendment") pursuant to which Mr. Sowers agreed to continue to serve as the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank. The Sowers Amendment supersedes and replaces all previous employment agreements by and between the Bank and Mr. Sowers.

132


Table of Contents

The Sowers Amendment term commenced on January 22, 2009, the commencement of Mr. Sowers' original employment agreement with the Bank. Pursuant to the Sowers Amendment, Mr. Sowers receives an annual base salary of not less than $185,000, with increases at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors. In addition, Mr. Sowers may receive bonuses in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors. The Sowers Amendment also confirms the prior grant of options to Mr. Sowers to purchase an aggregate of 52,000 shares of the Company's common stock. The Sowers Amendment also provides Mr. Sowers with an automobile allowance, vacation benefits and medical and other insurance benefits. In the event the employment of Mr. Sowers is terminated without cause, Mr. Sowers will be entitled to receive a lump sum payment equal to twelve months' base salary as in effect at the time of termination, and continuation of medical benefits for a period of twelve months. Further, the Sower's Employment Agreement provides that in the event Mr. Sower's employment is terminated following a "change in control", he will be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to one (1) times the highest annual cash compensation paid to Mr. Sowers by the Bank within the three years preceding the change in control and the continuation of medical benefits for a period of twelve months following such termination. The Sowers Amendment also provides that for so long as Manhattan Bancorp is a participant in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, Mr. Sowers will abide by the terms of EESA, regarding limits on executive compensation. The provisions of EESA would prevent Mr. Sowers from receiving his severance or change in control benefits as long as the UST maintains its preferred stock investment in Manhattan Bancorp.

Stock Options

        All outstanding stock options have been granted either under the Manhattan Bancorp 2007 Stock Option Plan or the Manhattan Bancorp 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, each of which plans has been approved by Manhattan Bancorp's shareholders. There were no options exercised by Named Executive Officers during 2012. Options to purchase an aggregate of 299,896 shares of the common stock of Manhattan Bancorp, with an average exercise price of $7.95 per share, were outstanding under the Manhattan Bancorp 2007 Stock Option Plan and the Manhattan Bancorp 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as of December 31, 2012. The fair market value of the common stock of Manhattan Bancorp was $3.75 based upon the last sale prior to December 31, 2012.

        The following table sets forth the outstanding equity awards held by each of the Named Executive Officers at December 31, 2012. Options awarded to the Named Executive Officers vest annually in equal amounts over three years.


Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2012

 
  Number of Shares
Underlying Unexercised
Options
   
   
 
 
  Option
Exercise
Price
  Option
Expiration
Date
 
 
  Exercisable   Unexercisable  

Richard L. Sowers

    35,294       $ 8.50     6/30/2018  

Richard L. Sowers

    9,706       $ 8.50     6/30/2018  

Richard L. Sowers

    7,000       $ 8.00     11/20/2018  

Terry L. Robinson

    13,333     26,667   $ 6.05     1/27/2021  

Terry L. Robinson

    3,195     6,391   $ 6.05     1/27/2021  

Terry L. Robinson

    10,138     20,276   $ 6.05     1/27/2021  


Options Granted During 2012

        There were no options granted during 2012 to Named Executive Officers.

133


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

        For director compensation, we use a combination of cash fees and compensation tied to our common stock to attract and retain qualified candidates to serve on the Manhattan Board. In setting director compensation, we consider the amount of time that directors expend in fulfilling their duties as well as the skill required for members of the Manhattan Board.

        Director Meeting Fees and Retainers:    We paid the following cash fees in 2012 to non-employee directors for attendance at board and committee meetings and for serving as Committee Chairs:

Type of Fees
  Retainer*/Meeting Fee

Board Chair

  $35,000 Annual Retainer

Board of Director Meetings—Non Chair

  $1,000 Per Meeting

Committee Chair

   

Asset and Liability and Compensation

  $5,000 Annual Retainer

Audit

  $10,000 Annual Retainer

Residential Oversight

  $25,000 Annual Retainer

Loan

  $28,000 Annual Retainer

Committee Meetings—Non Chair

   

Asset and Liability, Audit and Compensation

  $1,000 Annual Retainer

Loan and Residential Oversight

  $5,000 Annual Retainer

*
The retainers are paid monthly

        Annual Director Option Award:    Periodically, Manhattan Bancorp grants stock options to each non-employee director based upon the value of the service rendered and the frequency of the committee meeting. No such grants were made during 2012.


2012 Non-Employee Director Compensation Table

        The table below summarizes the compensation we paid to non-employee directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

Name
  Fees
Earned
or Paid
in Cash
  Total  

J. Grant Couch

  $ 57,917   $ 57,917  

Chris W. Caras, Jr. 

  $ 18,417   $ 18,417  

Harry W. Chenoweth

  $ 18,581   $ 18,581  

John D. Flemming

  $ 24,296   $ 24,296  

Patrick E. Greene

  $ 5,833   $ 5,833  

Christopher J. Growney

  $ 7,500   $ 7,500  

James B. Jones

  $ 17,206   $ 17,206  

Marshall V. Laitsch

  $ 7,251   $ 7,251  

Larry S. Murphy

  $ 11,667   $ 11,667  

Louis P. Smaldino

  $ 10,500   $ 10,500  

Gary C. Wallace

  $ 3,666   $ 3,666  

Stephen P. Yost

  $ 45,000   $ 45,000  

Michael A. Zoeller

  $ 10,917   $ 10,917  

134


Table of Contents


Options Granted During 2012

        There were no options granted to non-employee directors during 2012.


Outstanding Awards at December 31, 2012

 
  Number of Shares
Underlying Unexercised
Options
   
   
 
 
  Option
Exercise
Price
  Option
Expiration
Date
 
 
  Exercisable   Unexercisable  

Chris W. Caras, Jr. 

    15,000       $ 10.00     8/10/2017  

Chris W. Caras, Jr. 

    3,000       $ 9.25     12/13/2017  

Chris W. Caras, Jr. 

    6,000       $ 8.00     11/20/2018  

Chris W. Caras, Jr. 

    2,889     1,444   $ 6.61     6/24/2020  

Harry W. Chenoweth

    15,000       $ 10.00     8/10/2017  

Harry W. Chenoweth

    3,250       $ 9.25     12/13/2017  

Harry W. Chenoweth

    6,500       $ 8.00     11/20/2018  

Harry W. Chenoweth

    3,222     1,611   $ 6.61     6/24/2020  

J. Grant Couch, Jr. 

    10,000       $ 7.77     6/15/2019  

John D. Flemming

    3,722     1,861   $ 6.61     6/24/2020  

Louis P Smaldino

    11,694       $ 5.56     3/7/2019  

Louis P Smaldino

    9,090     6,060   $ 5.56     3/7/2019  

Stephen P. Yost

    15,000       $ 10.00     8/10/2017  

Stephen P. Yost

    5,000       $ 9.25     12/13/2017  

Stephen P. Yost

    7,500       $ 8.00     11/20/2018  

Stephen P. Yost

    4,222     2,111   $ 6.61     6/24/2020  

Michael A. Zoeller

    8,096       $ 5.56     3/7/2019  

Michael A. Zoeller

    9,090     6,060   $ 5.56     3/7/2019  

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCK HOLDER MATTERS

        The following table shows, as of December 31, 2012, each category of equity compensation of the Company along with (i) the number of securities to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights, (ii) the weighted-average exercise price of the outstanding options, warrants and rights, and (iii) the remaining number of securities available for future issuance under the plans, excluding stock options currently outstanding.

 
  Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
  Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
  Number of additional
securities available for
future grant under equity
compensation plans
 

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders(1)(2)

    485,487   $ 7.04     318,433  

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders

             

Total

    485,487   $ 7.04     318,433  

(1)
Includes Manhattan Bancorp's 2007 Stock Option Plan, the Professional Business Bank 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, the Professional Business Bank 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, the California General Bank 2009 Stock Option Plan, which are our only equity compensation plans other than an employee benefit plan meeting the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.

135


Table of Contents

(2)
Includes options, warrants and rights to purchase an aggregate of 185,591 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.56, assumed in connection with the merger of Professional Business Bank with and into Bank of Manhattan, and its related transactions.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

        The following table lists, as of March 6, 2013, the number of shares of our common stock owned by (i) each person or entity known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock; (ii) each of our executive officers and directors; and (iii) all of our executive officers and directors as a group. Information relating to beneficial ownership of our common stock by our principal shareholders and management is based upon information furnished by each person using "beneficial ownership" concepts under the rules of the SEC. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of the security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose or direct the disposition of the security. The person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any security of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days of March 6, 2013. Under SEC rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities, and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which he or she may not have any pecuniary beneficial interest. Except as noted below, each person has sole voting and investment power.

        The percentages below are calculated based on 12,508,268 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding as of March 6, 2013. Unless otherwise indicated, the beneficial owners listed below may be contacted at our corporate headquarters located at 2141 Rosecrans Avenue, Suite 1100, El Segundo, California 90245.

Name
  Number of
Shares Owned
  Percent of
Shares
Outstanding

Carpenter Fund Manager GP, LLC(1)(2)

    9,360,808   74.7%

5 Park Plaza, Suite 950

         

Irvine, California 92614

         

Chris W. Caras, Jr.(3)

    50,389   *

Harry W. Chenoweth(4)

    42,972   *

Curt A. Christianssen

      *

J. Grant Couch, Jr.(5)

    56,600   *

John D. Flemming(1)(6)

    3,722   *

Russell Hossain

      *

James B. Jones(1)

      *

John A. Nerland(7)

    32,982   *

Terry L. Robinson(8)

    54,334   *

Louis P. Smaldino(9)

    210,401   1.7%

Richard L. Sowers(10)

    61,000   *

Gary C. Wallace

      *

Stephen P. Yost(11)

    58,722   *

Michael A. Zoeller(12)

    74,188   *

Directors and executive officers as a group(14 persons)

    10,006,118   78.3%

*
The percentage of shares beneficially owned does not exceed 1% of the class.

(1)
Pursuant to the terms of a stock purchase agreement with Fund Manager, the general partner of the Carpenter Funds, which in the aggregate own 9,336,700 shares of our common stock, we agreed to nominate one person designated by Fund Manager to our board of directors, and to continue to nominate one such person for election as long as the Carpenter

136


Table of Contents

    Funds own at least 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock. John D. Flemming and James B. Jones, are managing members of Fund Manager. Mr. Flemming and Mr. Jones each disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, which are owned of record by the Carpenter Funds.

(2)
Includes 24,108 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 6, 2013.

(3)
Includes 26,889 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 6, 2013.

(4)
Includes 27,972 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 6, 2013.

(5)
Includes 10,000 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 6, 2013.

(6)
Includes 3,722 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 6, 2013.

(7)
Includes 28,800 shares of unvested restricted stock, which have voting rights.

(8)
Includes 53,334 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 6, 2013.

(9)
Includes 23,814 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 6, 2013.

(10)
Includes 52,000 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 6, 2013.

(11)
Includes 31,722 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 6, 2013.

(12)
Includes 20,216 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of March 6, 2013.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Transactions with Related Persons

        From time to time, Bank of Manhattan may make loans to directors and executive officers. Under Bank of Manhattan's loan policy, any loan to a director or executive officer should be made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated third-persons, and not involve more than the normal risk of collectability. Any loan to a director or executive officer must be approved in advance by Bank of Manhattan's board of directors with the interested director not present during the discussion or voting regarding the loan. Bank of Manhattan's board of directors reviews and approves other related party transactions.

        John D. Flemming and James B. Jones, both directors of Manhattan Bancorp are Managing Members of Fund Manager, which is the general partner of the Carpenter Funds, which owned an aggregate of 9,336,808 shares of Manhattan Bancorp common stock or approximately 74.7% of the issued and outstanding shares of Manhattan Bancorp as of March 6, 2013. On May 1, 2008, prior to Mr. Flemming and Mr. Jones' appointment to the Manhattan Board, Manhattan Bancorp entered into an agreement with Fund Manager (the "Stock Purchase Agreement") to purchase 1,500,000 shares of Manhattan Bancorp common stock for an aggregate of $15,000,000. Mr. Flemming was appointed as a director of Manhattan

137


Table of Contents

Bancorp pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement, which agreement provides Fund Manager with the right to appoint one representative to the Manhattan Board for so long as the Carpenter Funds own at least 10% of the issued and outstanding shares of Manhattan Bancorp.

Merger with Professional Business Bank

        After the close of business on May 31, 2012, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated November 21, 2011, as amended on January 18, 2012 (the "Merger Agreement"), among Fund Manager, the Company, the Bank, CGB Holdings, Inc. ("CGBH") and Professional Business Bank ("PBB"), the Company completed its acquisition of PBB through the merger of PBB with and into the Bank, with the Bank as the surviving corporation (the "Merger").

        Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, each share of PBB common stock outstanding at the effective time of the Merger was converted into the right to receive 1.7991 shares of the Company's common stock. Fractional shares were not issued. Instead, PBB shareholders received cash in lieu of fractional shares based on the book value per share of the Company's common stock as of April 30, 2012. Outstanding PBB stock options and restricted stock awards were converted into stock options with respect to shares of the Company's common stock or shares of the Company's common stock, respectively, with appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange ratio. The pre-merger outstanding shares of the Company's common stock remained outstanding and were not affected by the Merger.

        Immediately prior to the Merger, the Carpenter Funds collectively owned 1,725,000 shares of the Company's common stock, or 43.2% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company, and 4,136,667 shares of PBB's common stock, or 90.2% of the issued and outstanding shares of PBB.

        Upon the closing of the Merger, the 4,136,667 shares of PBB common stock owned by the Carpenter Funds were converted into the right to receive an aggregate of 7,442,276 shares of the Company's common stock. Following the issuance by the Company of shares of common stock to the shareholders of PBB in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, the Carpenter Funds collectively owned approximately 75.2% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company's common stock. The fair value of the shares received by the Carpenter Funds in the Merger was approximately $35.4 million based upon a fair value per share of $4.75 that was determined as a part of the purchase accounting for the Merger.

Credit Agreement

        On July 25, 2011, Manhattan Bancorp entered into the Credit Agreement with Carpenter Fund Management Company, LLC, as administrative agent ("Agent"), and Carpenter Community Bancfund, L.P. and Carpenter Community Bancfund-A, L.P., as lenders (the "Lenders"). The Credit Agreement provided for (i) an initial loan to Manhattan Bancorp in the amount of $5 million (the "Initial Loan"), and (ii) a subsequent loan to Manhattan Bancorp in the amount of $2 million (the "Optional Loan") to be made at the sole and exclusive option of the Lenders at the written request of Manhattan Bancorp given not later than November 30, 2011. Manhattan Bancorp received the proceeds from the Initial Loan on July 26, 2011, and used the proceeds to make a $5 million loan to Manhattan Capital Markets LLC. The Optional Loan was not requested.

        The obligations of Manhattan Bancorp under the Credit Agreement were secured by a first priority pledge of all of the equity interests of Bank of Manhattan. Loans under the Credit Agreement bore interest at a rate of 8.0% per annum and had a final maturity date of June 30, 2012. Manhattan Bancorp was permitted to make voluntary prepayments at any time without payment of a premium, and was required to make mandatory prepayments (without payment of a premium) with (i) net cash proceeds from certain issuances of capital stock, (ii) net cash proceeds from certain issuances of debt, and (iii) net cash proceeds from certain asset sales. Manhattan Bancorp paid a facility fee of $100,000 upon execution of the Credit Agreement, which was amortized over the initial one-year term of the agreement.

138


Table of Contents

        On November 21, 2011, in connection with its entry into a merger agreement with Professional Business Bank, Manhattan Bancorp entered into a First Amendment to Credit Agreement (the "First Amendment") with the Lenders. The First Amendment provided for the following changes to the Credit Agreement, which took effect upon execution of the First Amendment: (i) an omnibus amendment to allow Manhattan Bancorp and its subsidiaries to enter into the merger agreement and consummate the bank merger; and (ii) the reduction of the consolidated net worth requirement of Manhattan Bancorp from $18 million to $16 million. The First Amendment also provided for the following changes to the Credit Agreement, which took effect upon closing of the bank merger: (i) the elimination of the first priority pledge of all equity interests of Bank of Manhattan in favor of the Agent on behalf of the Lenders; (ii) the elimination of a right previously given to the Agent, its designees or affiliates to purchase any securities not otherwise subscribed for or purchased by other investors in a public offering or private placement of shares of Manhattan Bancorp's common stock or other securities; (iii) the modification of a prohibition against the acquisition or lease exceeding $200,000 in any fiscal year of real property by Manhattan Bancorp or any subsidiary of Manhattan Bancorp to enable Manhattan Bancorp to acquire real property and assume real property leases in connection with the bank merger; and (iv) the elimination of a restriction placed upon Manhattan Bancorp's issuance or sale of any shares of common stock, or other securities representing the right to acquire shares of common stock, representing more than 4.9% of the issued and outstanding shares of Manhattan Bancorp, or any shares of preferred stock other than pursuant to the Small Business Lending Fund.

        On January 18, 2012, Manhattan Bancorp entered into a Second Amendment to Credit Agreement (the "Second Amendment") with the Agent and the Lenders. The Second Amendment provided for the following changes to the Credit Agreement, which took effect upon closing of the Merger: (1) an extension of the maturity date of the loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement from June 30, 2012 to September 15, 2012; (2) a reduction in the total tier one leverage capital ratio that must be maintained by Manhattan Bancorp from 10% to 7%; (3) a reduction in the total risk based capital and tier one leverage capital ratios that must be maintained by Bank of Manhattan from 12% and 10% to 10% and 7%, respectively; and (4) the addition of a provision that will allow either Manhattan Bancorp or the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders), at its option, to convert all or any portion of the unpaid principal balance of the loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement (not to exceed $4,000,000, in the aggregate) into shares of common stock of Manhattan Bancorp, with the number of shares of common stock to be issued upon conversion to be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the principal amount to be so converted by (b) the Book Value Per Share of Manhattan Common Stock (as such term is defined in the merger agreement). This conversion option was available for exercise prior to September 15, 2012 and at any time commencing on or after the earlier of (i) 10 business days after the closing of the rights offering to be conducted by Manhattan Bancorp pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, which closing occurred on January 25, 2013; or (ii) September 1, 2012.

        On September 15, 2012, Manhattan Bancorp entered into a Third Amendment to Credit Agreement (the "Third Amendment") with Agent and Lenders. The Third Amendment provided for an extension of the maturity date of the loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement from September 15, 2012 to December 31, 2012, and a corresponding delay in the right of the Manhattan Bancorp and Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, to convert all or any portion of the unpaid principal balance of the loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement (not to exceed $4,000,000, in the aggregate) into shares of common stock of Manhattan Bancorp. The conversion option could be exercised prior to December 31, 2012 and at any time commencing on or after (i) 10 business days after the closing of the rights offering to be conducted by Manhattan Bancorp pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, which closing occurred on January 25, 2013, and (ii) December 15, 2012. As discussed below, the principal balance and all accrued but unpaid interest under the Credit Agreement has been repaid in full.

139


Table of Contents

MBFS Holdings, Inc.

        On November 9, 2012, Manhattan Bancorp and the Lenders entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement"), which provided for (i) the sale by Manhattan Bancorp of all of the shares of capital stock (the "Shares") of its wholly owned subsidiary, MBFS Holdings, Inc., and (ii) the assignment by Manhattan Bancorp of its entire right in and to that certain Promissory Note dated as of July 25, 2011 (the "MCM Note"), made by Manhattan Capital Markets, LLC in favor of Manhattan Bancorp in the aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million, in each case to the Lenders for an aggregate purchase price of $5.0 million (the "Purchase Price"). The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement was completed simultaneously with the signing of the Purchase Agreement on November 9, 2012.

        Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, Manhattan Bancorp used a portion of the Purchase Price to repay $516,667 of accrued but unpaid interest and $4,283,333 of the outstanding principal balance of the loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement. In addition, and pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Lenders converted the remaining $716,667 of the outstanding principal balance of the loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement into an aggregate of 169,424 shares of Manhattan Bancorp's common stock. As a result of the consummation of these transactions, the principal balance and all accrued but unpaid interest under the Credit Agreement has been repaid in full.

        Immediately prior to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, Fund Manager, which is the general partner of the Lenders, beneficially owned 9,167,276 shares of Manhattan Bancorp's common stock, or 75.2% of the issued and outstanding shares of Manhattan Bancorp.

Director Independence

        The Manhattan Board has determined that, with the exception of Mr. Robinson, each of the directors is "independent" within the meaning of the listing standards of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

        The Audit & Risk Committee pre-approves all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by Manhattan Bancorp's independent auditors. The Audit & Risk Committee annually reviews and pre-approves the audit, review, attest and permitted non-audit services to be provided during the next audit cycle by Manhattan Bancorp's independent auditor. To the extent practicable, at the same meeting, the Audit & Risk Committee also reviews and approves a budget for each of such services. The term of any such pre-approval is for the period of the annual audit cycle, unless the Audit & Risk Committee specifically provides for a different period. The Audit & Risk Committee may not delegate its responsibilities to pre-approve services performed by Manhattan Bancorp's independent auditor to management.

        The following table sets forth the fees billed to Manhattan Bancorp for the audit of our annual financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and fees billed for other services rendered by McGladrey LLP during those periods, all of which were pre-approved by the Audit & Risk Committee:

 
  2012   2011  

Audit Fees(1)

  $ 224,225   $ 247,670  

Tax Fees(2)

  $ 37,365   $ 29,000  

All Other Fees(3)

  $ 400,775   $  

Total Fees

  $ 662,365   $ 276,670  

(1)
Audit fees are fees for professional services rendered by Manhattan Bancorp's independent auditor for the annual audit of Manhattan Bancorp's financial statements and quarterly

140


Table of Contents

    reviews of financial statements, or for services that are normally provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for those fiscal years. These fees include the audit of internal controls over financial reporting required by section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act. The amount for 2012 includes $25,000 paid in 2012 for the 2011 audit of Professional Business Bank.

(2)
Tax fees are fees for professional services rendered by Manhattan Bancorp's independent auditor for tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning. The amount for 2012 includes $5,915 paid for tax services related to the preparation of tax returns for Professional Business Bank

(3)
All other fees are fees for products and services provided by Manhattan Bancorp's independent auditor, other than the services reported under audit fees, audit-related fees, and tax fees. The amount for 2012 includes $235,541 in fees paid related to services rendered to Professional Business Bank in conjunction with the Merger.

141


Table of Contents


PART IV

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)
1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

      The listing of financial statements required by this item is set forth in the index under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

    2.
    FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

      The listing of supplementary financial statement schedules required by this item is set forth in the index under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

    3.
    EXHIBITS

      The listing of exhibits required by this item is set forth in the Exhibit Index beginning on page 124 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which Exhibit Index indicates each exhibit that is a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

(b)
EXHIBITS

    See exhibits listed in "Exhibit Index" on page 96 of this report.

(c)
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

    There are no financial statement schedules required by Regulation S-X that have been excluded from the Annual Report on Form 10-K.

142


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

  MANHATTAN BANCORP

Date: March 29, 2013

 

/s/ TERRY ROBINSON


Terry Robinson
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

        Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Dated: March 29, 2013

  /s/ J. GRANT COUCH, JR.

J. Grant Couch Jr.
Chairman of the Board

Dated: March 29, 2013

 

/s/ CHRIS W. CARAS, JR.


Chris W. Caras, Jr.
Director

Dated: March 29, 2013

 

/s/ HARRY W. CHENOWETH


Harry W. Chenoweth
Director

Dated: March 29, 2013

 

/s/ JOHN D. FLEMMING


John D. Flemming
Director

Dated: March 29, 2013

 

/s/ CURT A. CHRISTIANSSEN


Curt A. Christianssen
Interim Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Dated: March 29, 2013

 

/s/ JAMES B. JONES


James B. Jones
Director

143


Table of Contents

Dated: March 29, 2013

 

/s/ TERRY ROBINSON


Terry Robinson
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Director

Dated: March 29, 2013

 

/s/ LOUIS P. SMALDINO


Louis P. Smaldino
Director

Dated: March 29, 2013

 

/s/ GARY C. WALLACE


Gary C. Wallace
Director

Dated: March 29, 2013

 

/s/ STEPHEN P. YOST


Stephen P. Yost
Director

Dated: March 29, 2013

 

/s/ MICHAEL A. ZOELLER


Michael A. Zoeller
Director

144


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
   
  2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of November 21, 2011, among Carpenter Fund Manager GP, LLC, Manhattan Bancorp, Bank of Manhattan, N.A., CGB Holdings, Inc. and Professional Business Bank, incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") on November 23, 2011.

 

2.2

 

First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of January 18, 2012, among Carpenter Fund Manager GP, LLC, Manhattan Bancorp, Bank of Manhattan, N.A., CGB Holdings,  Inc. and Professional Business Bank, incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 20, 2012.

 

3.1

 

Articles of Incorporation of Manhattan Bancorp, as amended, incorporated by reference to Form SB-2 Registration Statement filed with the SEC on February 5, 2007.

 

3.2

 

By-laws of Manhattan Bancorp, incorporated by reference to Form SB-2 Registration Statement filed with the SEC on February 5, 2007.

 

4.1

 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to Form SB-2 Registration Statement Registration Statement filed with the SEC on February 5, 2007.

 

10.1

 

Lease for Main office of Bank of Manhattan, incorporated by reference to Form SB-2 Registration Statement filed with the SEC on February 5, 2007.

 

10.2

 

First Amendment to Lease for Main office of Bank of Manhattan, incorporated by reference to Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 30, 2012.

 

10.3

 

Second Amendment to Lease for Main office of Bank of Manhattan, incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 12, 2011.

 

10.4

 

Manhattan Bancorp 2007 Stock Option Plan, incorporated by reference to Form SB-2 Registration Statement filed with the SEC on February 5, 2007.(x)

 

10.5

 

Manhattan Bancorp 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 30, 2010.

 

10.6

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the Manhattan Bancorp 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 2, 2010.

 

10.7

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement pursuant to the Manhattan Bancorp 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 2, 2010.

 

10.8

 

Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 14, 2008 between Manhattan Bancorp and Carpenter Fund Manager GP, LLC incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 16, 2008.

 

10.9

 

Employment Agreement dated March 26, 2009 between Bank of Manhattan and Rick Sowers, incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2009.(x)

 

10.10

 

Employment Agreement dated November 23, 2010 by and between Manhattan Bancorp, Bank of Manhattan, N.A. and Terry L. Robinson, incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2010.(x)

 

10.11

 

First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 28, 2011 by and among Manhattan Bancorp, Bank of Manhattan, N.A. and Terry L. Robinson, incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 2, 2011.(x)

145


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
   
  10.12   Employment Agreement dated May 27, 2011 by and among Manhattan Bancorp, Bank of Manhattan, N.A. and Brian E. Côté, incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 6, 2011.(x)

 

10.13

 

Employment Agreement, dated for reference purposes only as of May 31, 2012, by and among Manhattan Bancorp, Bank of Manhattan, N.A. and John Nerland, incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 2, 2012.(x)

 

10.14

 

Employment Agreement dated March 2, 2011, by and among Manhattan Bancorp, Bank of Manhattan, N.A. and Shannon Millard, incorporated by reference to Form S-4/A filed with the SEC on April 16, 2012.(x)

 

10.15

 

Credit Agreement dated as of July 25, 2011, by and among Manhattan Bancorp, Carpenter Fund Management Company, LLC, as administrative agent, and Carpenter Community Bancfund, L.P. and Carpenter Community Bancfund-A, L.P., as lenders, incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 29, 2011.

 

10.16

 

Stock Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of July 25, 2011, by Manhattan Bancorp in favor of Carpenter Fund Management Company, LLC, as administrative agent, incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 29, 2011.

 

10.17

 

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2011, among Manhattan Bancorp, the lenders party thereto and Carpenter Fund Management Company, LLC, as administrative agent for the Lenders, incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2011.

 

10.18

 

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2012, among Manhattan Bancorp, the lenders party thereto and Carpenter Fund Management Company, LLC, as administrative agent for the Lenders, incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 20, 2012.

 

10.19

 

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2012, among Manhattan Bancorp, the lenders party thereto and Carpenter Fund Management company, LLC, as administrative agent for the Lenders, incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 20, 2012.

 

10.20

 

Reimbursement Agreement, dated August 31, 2012, by and Among Manhattan Bancorp, Bank of Manhattan, N.A. and CCFW, Inc., incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 20, 2012.

 

10.21

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Manhattan Bancorp and its directors and certain officers, incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 1, 2012.

 

10.22

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Bank of Manhattan, N.A. and its directors and certain officers, incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 1, 2012.

 

10.23

 

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated November 9, 2012, by and among Manhattan Bancorp, Carpenter Community Bancfund, L.P. and Carpenter Community Bancfund-A, L.P., incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 13, 2012.

 

21

 

Subsidiaries of the registrant.

 

23.1

 

Consent of McGladrey LLP.

146


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
   
  31.1   Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

31.2

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

32.1

 

Certification of the President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as amended pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.2

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as amended pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document.(y)

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.(y)

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.(y)

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.(y)

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.(y)

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.(y)

(x)
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

(y)
Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files on Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

147